2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// THIS FILE IS AUTOMATICALLY GENERATED. DO NOT EDIT.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Package directoryservice provides a client for AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
package directoryservice
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
import (
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
"fmt"
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
"time"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil"
|
|
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
|
|
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-29 10:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
const opAddIpRoutes = "AddIpRoutes"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// AddIpRoutesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
|
|
// client's request for the AddIpRoutes operation. The "output" return
|
|
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
|
|
// is called.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// See AddIpRoutes for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-29 10:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the AddIpRoutes method directly
|
|
|
|
// instead.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the AddIpRoutesRequest method.
|
|
|
|
// req, resp := client.AddIpRoutesRequest(params)
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
|
|
// }
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) AddIpRoutesRequest(input *AddIpRoutesInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddIpRoutesOutput) {
|
|
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
|
|
Name: opAddIpRoutes,
|
|
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
|
|
input = &AddIpRoutesInput{}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
|
|
output = &AddIpRoutesOutput{}
|
|
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
|
|
return
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// AddIpRoutes API operation for AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-29 10:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
// If the DNS server for your on-premises domain uses a publicly addressable
|
|
|
|
// IP address, you must add a CIDR address block to correctly route traffic
|
|
|
|
// to and from your Microsoft AD on Amazon Web Services. AddIpRoutes adds this
|
|
|
|
// address block. You can also use AddIpRoutes to facilitate routing traffic
|
|
|
|
// that uses public IP ranges from your Microsoft AD on AWS to a peer VPC.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
|
|
// the error.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's
|
|
|
|
// API operation AddIpRoutes for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
|
|
// * EntityDoesNotExistException
|
|
|
|
// The specified entity could not be found.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * EntityAlreadyExistsException
|
|
|
|
// The specified entity already exists.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * InvalidParameterException
|
|
|
|
// One or more parameters are not valid.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * DirectoryUnavailableException
|
|
|
|
// The specified directory is unavailable or could not be found.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * IpRouteLimitExceededException
|
|
|
|
// The maximum allowed number of IP addresses was exceeded. The default limit
|
|
|
|
// is 100 IP address blocks.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ClientException
|
|
|
|
// A client exception has occurred.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ServiceException
|
|
|
|
// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-29 10:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) AddIpRoutes(input *AddIpRoutesInput) (*AddIpRoutesOutput, error) {
|
|
|
|
req, out := c.AddIpRoutesRequest(input)
|
|
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
return out, err
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
const opAddTagsToResource = "AddTagsToResource"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// AddTagsToResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
|
|
// client's request for the AddTagsToResource operation. The "output" return
|
|
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
|
|
// is called.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// See AddTagsToResource for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the AddTagsToResource method directly
|
|
|
|
// instead.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the AddTagsToResourceRequest method.
|
|
|
|
// req, resp := client.AddTagsToResourceRequest(params)
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
|
|
// }
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) AddTagsToResourceRequest(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddTagsToResourceOutput) {
|
|
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
|
|
Name: opAddTagsToResource,
|
|
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
|
|
input = &AddTagsToResourceInput{}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
|
|
output = &AddTagsToResourceOutput{}
|
|
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
|
|
return
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// AddTagsToResource API operation for AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Adds or overwrites one or more tags for the specified Amazon Directory Services
|
|
|
|
// directory. Each directory can have a maximum of 10 tags. Each tag consists
|
2016-07-29 10:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
// of a key and optional value. Tag keys must be unique to each resource.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
|
|
// the error.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's
|
|
|
|
// API operation AddTagsToResource for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
|
|
// * EntityDoesNotExistException
|
|
|
|
// The specified entity could not be found.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * InvalidParameterException
|
|
|
|
// One or more parameters are not valid.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * TagLimitExceededException
|
|
|
|
// The maximum allowed number of tags was exceeded.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ClientException
|
|
|
|
// A client exception has occurred.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ServiceException
|
|
|
|
// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) AddTagsToResource(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (*AddTagsToResourceOutput, error) {
|
|
|
|
req, out := c.AddTagsToResourceRequest(input)
|
|
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
return out, err
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
const opConnectDirectory = "ConnectDirectory"
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// ConnectDirectoryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
|
|
// client's request for the ConnectDirectory operation. The "output" return
|
|
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
|
|
// is called.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// See ConnectDirectory for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the ConnectDirectory method directly
|
|
|
|
// instead.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ConnectDirectoryRequest method.
|
|
|
|
// req, resp := client.ConnectDirectoryRequest(params)
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
|
|
// }
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) ConnectDirectoryRequest(input *ConnectDirectoryInput) (req *request.Request, output *ConnectDirectoryOutput) {
|
|
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
|
|
Name: opConnectDirectory,
|
|
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
|
|
input = &ConnectDirectoryInput{}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
|
|
output = &ConnectDirectoryOutput{}
|
|
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
|
|
return
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// ConnectDirectory API operation for AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Creates an AD Connector to connect to an on-premises directory.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
|
|
// the error.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's
|
|
|
|
// API operation ConnectDirectory for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
|
|
// * DirectoryLimitExceededException
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of directories in the region has been reached. You can
|
|
|
|
// use the GetDirectoryLimits operation to determine your directory limits in
|
|
|
|
// the region.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * InvalidParameterException
|
|
|
|
// One or more parameters are not valid.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ClientException
|
|
|
|
// A client exception has occurred.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ServiceException
|
|
|
|
// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) ConnectDirectory(input *ConnectDirectoryInput) (*ConnectDirectoryOutput, error) {
|
|
|
|
req, out := c.ConnectDirectoryRequest(input)
|
|
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
return out, err
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const opCreateAlias = "CreateAlias"
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// CreateAliasRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
|
|
// client's request for the CreateAlias operation. The "output" return
|
|
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
|
|
// is called.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// See CreateAlias for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the CreateAlias method directly
|
|
|
|
// instead.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateAliasRequest method.
|
|
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateAliasRequest(params)
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
|
|
// }
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) CreateAliasRequest(input *CreateAliasInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateAliasOutput) {
|
|
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
|
|
Name: opCreateAlias,
|
|
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
|
|
input = &CreateAliasInput{}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateAliasOutput{}
|
|
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
|
|
return
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// CreateAlias API operation for AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Creates an alias for a directory and assigns the alias to the directory.
|
|
|
|
// The alias is used to construct the access URL for the directory, such as
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// http://<alias>.awsapps.com.
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// After an alias has been created, it cannot be deleted or reused, so this
|
|
|
|
// operation should only be used when absolutely necessary.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
|
|
// the error.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's
|
|
|
|
// API operation CreateAlias for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
|
|
// * EntityAlreadyExistsException
|
|
|
|
// The specified entity already exists.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * EntityDoesNotExistException
|
|
|
|
// The specified entity could not be found.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * InvalidParameterException
|
|
|
|
// One or more parameters are not valid.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ClientException
|
|
|
|
// A client exception has occurred.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ServiceException
|
|
|
|
// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) CreateAlias(input *CreateAliasInput) (*CreateAliasOutput, error) {
|
|
|
|
req, out := c.CreateAliasRequest(input)
|
|
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
return out, err
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const opCreateComputer = "CreateComputer"
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// CreateComputerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
|
|
// client's request for the CreateComputer operation. The "output" return
|
|
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
|
|
// is called.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// See CreateComputer for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the CreateComputer method directly
|
|
|
|
// instead.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateComputerRequest method.
|
|
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateComputerRequest(params)
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
|
|
// }
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) CreateComputerRequest(input *CreateComputerInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateComputerOutput) {
|
|
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
|
|
Name: opCreateComputer,
|
|
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
|
|
input = &CreateComputerInput{}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateComputerOutput{}
|
|
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
|
|
return
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// CreateComputer API operation for AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Creates a computer account in the specified directory, and joins the computer
|
|
|
|
// to the directory.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
|
|
// the error.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's
|
|
|
|
// API operation CreateComputer for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
|
|
// * AuthenticationFailedException
|
|
|
|
// An authentication error occurred.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * DirectoryUnavailableException
|
|
|
|
// The specified directory is unavailable or could not be found.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * EntityAlreadyExistsException
|
|
|
|
// The specified entity already exists.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * EntityDoesNotExistException
|
|
|
|
// The specified entity could not be found.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * InvalidParameterException
|
|
|
|
// One or more parameters are not valid.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * UnsupportedOperationException
|
|
|
|
// The operation is not supported.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ClientException
|
|
|
|
// A client exception has occurred.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ServiceException
|
|
|
|
// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) CreateComputer(input *CreateComputerInput) (*CreateComputerOutput, error) {
|
|
|
|
req, out := c.CreateComputerRequest(input)
|
|
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
return out, err
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
const opCreateConditionalForwarder = "CreateConditionalForwarder"
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// CreateConditionalForwarderRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
|
|
// client's request for the CreateConditionalForwarder operation. The "output" return
|
|
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
|
|
// is called.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// See CreateConditionalForwarder for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the CreateConditionalForwarder method directly
|
|
|
|
// instead.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateConditionalForwarderRequest method.
|
|
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateConditionalForwarderRequest(params)
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
|
|
// }
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) CreateConditionalForwarderRequest(input *CreateConditionalForwarderInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateConditionalForwarderOutput) {
|
|
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
|
|
Name: opCreateConditionalForwarder,
|
|
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
|
|
input = &CreateConditionalForwarderInput{}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateConditionalForwarderOutput{}
|
|
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
|
|
return
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// CreateConditionalForwarder API operation for AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
// Creates a conditional forwarder associated with your AWS directory. Conditional
|
|
|
|
// forwarders are required in order to set up a trust relationship with another
|
|
|
|
// domain. The conditional forwarder points to the trusted domain.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
|
|
// the error.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's
|
|
|
|
// API operation CreateConditionalForwarder for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
|
|
// * EntityAlreadyExistsException
|
|
|
|
// The specified entity already exists.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * EntityDoesNotExistException
|
|
|
|
// The specified entity could not be found.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * DirectoryUnavailableException
|
|
|
|
// The specified directory is unavailable or could not be found.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * InvalidParameterException
|
|
|
|
// One or more parameters are not valid.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * UnsupportedOperationException
|
|
|
|
// The operation is not supported.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ClientException
|
|
|
|
// A client exception has occurred.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ServiceException
|
|
|
|
// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) CreateConditionalForwarder(input *CreateConditionalForwarderInput) (*CreateConditionalForwarderOutput, error) {
|
|
|
|
req, out := c.CreateConditionalForwarderRequest(input)
|
|
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
return out, err
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
const opCreateDirectory = "CreateDirectory"
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// CreateDirectoryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
|
|
// client's request for the CreateDirectory operation. The "output" return
|
|
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
|
|
// is called.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// See CreateDirectory for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the CreateDirectory method directly
|
|
|
|
// instead.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateDirectoryRequest method.
|
|
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateDirectoryRequest(params)
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
|
|
// }
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) CreateDirectoryRequest(input *CreateDirectoryInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDirectoryOutput) {
|
|
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
|
|
Name: opCreateDirectory,
|
|
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
|
|
input = &CreateDirectoryInput{}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateDirectoryOutput{}
|
|
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
|
|
return
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// CreateDirectory API operation for AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Creates a Simple AD directory.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
|
|
// the error.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's
|
|
|
|
// API operation CreateDirectory for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
|
|
// * DirectoryLimitExceededException
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of directories in the region has been reached. You can
|
|
|
|
// use the GetDirectoryLimits operation to determine your directory limits in
|
|
|
|
// the region.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * InvalidParameterException
|
|
|
|
// One or more parameters are not valid.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ClientException
|
|
|
|
// A client exception has occurred.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ServiceException
|
|
|
|
// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) CreateDirectory(input *CreateDirectoryInput) (*CreateDirectoryOutput, error) {
|
|
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDirectoryRequest(input)
|
|
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
return out, err
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const opCreateMicrosoftAD = "CreateMicrosoftAD"
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// CreateMicrosoftADRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
|
|
// client's request for the CreateMicrosoftAD operation. The "output" return
|
|
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
|
|
// is called.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// See CreateMicrosoftAD for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the CreateMicrosoftAD method directly
|
|
|
|
// instead.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateMicrosoftADRequest method.
|
|
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateMicrosoftADRequest(params)
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
|
|
// }
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) CreateMicrosoftADRequest(input *CreateMicrosoftADInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateMicrosoftADOutput) {
|
|
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
|
|
Name: opCreateMicrosoftAD,
|
|
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
|
|
input = &CreateMicrosoftADInput{}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateMicrosoftADOutput{}
|
|
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
|
|
return
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// CreateMicrosoftAD API operation for AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Creates a Microsoft AD in the AWS cloud.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
|
|
// the error.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's
|
|
|
|
// API operation CreateMicrosoftAD for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
|
|
// * DirectoryLimitExceededException
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of directories in the region has been reached. You can
|
|
|
|
// use the GetDirectoryLimits operation to determine your directory limits in
|
|
|
|
// the region.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * InvalidParameterException
|
|
|
|
// One or more parameters are not valid.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ClientException
|
|
|
|
// A client exception has occurred.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ServiceException
|
|
|
|
// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * UnsupportedOperationException
|
|
|
|
// The operation is not supported.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) CreateMicrosoftAD(input *CreateMicrosoftADInput) (*CreateMicrosoftADOutput, error) {
|
|
|
|
req, out := c.CreateMicrosoftADRequest(input)
|
|
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
return out, err
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const opCreateSnapshot = "CreateSnapshot"
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// CreateSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
|
|
// client's request for the CreateSnapshot operation. The "output" return
|
|
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
|
|
// is called.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// See CreateSnapshot for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the CreateSnapshot method directly
|
|
|
|
// instead.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateSnapshotRequest method.
|
|
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateSnapshotRequest(params)
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
|
|
// }
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) CreateSnapshotRequest(input *CreateSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateSnapshotOutput) {
|
|
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
|
|
Name: opCreateSnapshot,
|
|
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
|
|
input = &CreateSnapshotInput{}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateSnapshotOutput{}
|
|
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
|
|
return
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// CreateSnapshot API operation for AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-03-11 01:27:37 +01:00
|
|
|
// Creates a snapshot of a Simple AD or Microsoft AD directory in the AWS cloud.
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// You cannot take snapshots of AD Connector directories.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
|
|
// the error.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's
|
|
|
|
// API operation CreateSnapshot for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
|
|
// * EntityDoesNotExistException
|
|
|
|
// The specified entity could not be found.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * InvalidParameterException
|
|
|
|
// One or more parameters are not valid.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * SnapshotLimitExceededException
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of manual snapshots for the directory has been reached.
|
|
|
|
// You can use the GetSnapshotLimits operation to determine the snapshot limits
|
|
|
|
// for a directory.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ClientException
|
|
|
|
// A client exception has occurred.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ServiceException
|
|
|
|
// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) CreateSnapshot(input *CreateSnapshotInput) (*CreateSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
|
|
req, out := c.CreateSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
return out, err
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const opCreateTrust = "CreateTrust"
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// CreateTrustRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
|
|
// client's request for the CreateTrust operation. The "output" return
|
|
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
|
|
// is called.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// See CreateTrust for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the CreateTrust method directly
|
|
|
|
// instead.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateTrustRequest method.
|
|
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateTrustRequest(params)
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
|
|
// }
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) CreateTrustRequest(input *CreateTrustInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateTrustOutput) {
|
|
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
|
|
Name: opCreateTrust,
|
|
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
|
|
input = &CreateTrustInput{}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateTrustOutput{}
|
|
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
|
|
return
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// CreateTrust API operation for AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// AWS Directory Service for Microsoft Active Directory allows you to configure
|
|
|
|
// trust relationships. For example, you can establish a trust between your
|
|
|
|
// Microsoft AD in the AWS cloud, and your existing on-premises Microsoft Active
|
|
|
|
// Directory. This would allow you to provide users and groups access to resources
|
|
|
|
// in either domain, with a single set of credentials.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// This action initiates the creation of the AWS side of a trust relationship
|
|
|
|
// between a Microsoft AD in the AWS cloud and an external domain.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
|
|
// the error.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's
|
|
|
|
// API operation CreateTrust for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
|
|
// * EntityAlreadyExistsException
|
|
|
|
// The specified entity already exists.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * EntityDoesNotExistException
|
|
|
|
// The specified entity could not be found.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * InvalidParameterException
|
|
|
|
// One or more parameters are not valid.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ClientException
|
|
|
|
// A client exception has occurred.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ServiceException
|
|
|
|
// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * UnsupportedOperationException
|
|
|
|
// The operation is not supported.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) CreateTrust(input *CreateTrustInput) (*CreateTrustOutput, error) {
|
|
|
|
req, out := c.CreateTrustRequest(input)
|
|
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
return out, err
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
const opDeleteConditionalForwarder = "DeleteConditionalForwarder"
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// DeleteConditionalForwarderRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteConditionalForwarder operation. The "output" return
|
|
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
|
|
// is called.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// See DeleteConditionalForwarder for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteConditionalForwarder method directly
|
|
|
|
// instead.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteConditionalForwarderRequest method.
|
|
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteConditionalForwarderRequest(params)
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
|
|
// }
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteConditionalForwarderRequest(input *DeleteConditionalForwarderInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteConditionalForwarderOutput) {
|
|
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
|
|
Name: opDeleteConditionalForwarder,
|
|
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
|
|
input = &DeleteConditionalForwarderInput{}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteConditionalForwarderOutput{}
|
|
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
|
|
return
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// DeleteConditionalForwarder API operation for AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
// Deletes a conditional forwarder that has been set up for your AWS directory.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
|
|
// the error.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's
|
|
|
|
// API operation DeleteConditionalForwarder for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
|
|
// * EntityDoesNotExistException
|
|
|
|
// The specified entity could not be found.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * DirectoryUnavailableException
|
|
|
|
// The specified directory is unavailable or could not be found.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * InvalidParameterException
|
|
|
|
// One or more parameters are not valid.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * UnsupportedOperationException
|
|
|
|
// The operation is not supported.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ClientException
|
|
|
|
// A client exception has occurred.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ServiceException
|
|
|
|
// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteConditionalForwarder(input *DeleteConditionalForwarderInput) (*DeleteConditionalForwarderOutput, error) {
|
|
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteConditionalForwarderRequest(input)
|
|
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
return out, err
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
const opDeleteDirectory = "DeleteDirectory"
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// DeleteDirectoryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteDirectory operation. The "output" return
|
|
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
|
|
// is called.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// See DeleteDirectory for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteDirectory method directly
|
|
|
|
// instead.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDirectoryRequest method.
|
|
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteDirectoryRequest(params)
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
|
|
// }
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteDirectoryRequest(input *DeleteDirectoryInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDirectoryOutput) {
|
|
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
|
|
Name: opDeleteDirectory,
|
|
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
|
|
input = &DeleteDirectoryInput{}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteDirectoryOutput{}
|
|
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
|
|
return
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// DeleteDirectory API operation for AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Deletes an AWS Directory Service directory.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
|
|
// the error.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's
|
|
|
|
// API operation DeleteDirectory for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
|
|
// * EntityDoesNotExistException
|
|
|
|
// The specified entity could not be found.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ClientException
|
|
|
|
// A client exception has occurred.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ServiceException
|
|
|
|
// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteDirectory(input *DeleteDirectoryInput) (*DeleteDirectoryOutput, error) {
|
|
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteDirectoryRequest(input)
|
|
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
return out, err
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteSnapshot = "DeleteSnapshot"
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// DeleteSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteSnapshot operation. The "output" return
|
|
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
|
|
// is called.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// See DeleteSnapshot for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteSnapshot method directly
|
|
|
|
// instead.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteSnapshotRequest method.
|
|
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteSnapshotRequest(params)
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
|
|
// }
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteSnapshotRequest(input *DeleteSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteSnapshotOutput) {
|
|
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
|
|
Name: opDeleteSnapshot,
|
|
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
|
|
input = &DeleteSnapshotInput{}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteSnapshotOutput{}
|
|
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
|
|
return
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// DeleteSnapshot API operation for AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Deletes a directory snapshot.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
|
|
// the error.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's
|
|
|
|
// API operation DeleteSnapshot for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
|
|
// * EntityDoesNotExistException
|
|
|
|
// The specified entity could not be found.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * InvalidParameterException
|
|
|
|
// One or more parameters are not valid.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ClientException
|
|
|
|
// A client exception has occurred.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ServiceException
|
|
|
|
// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteSnapshot(input *DeleteSnapshotInput) (*DeleteSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
return out, err
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteTrust = "DeleteTrust"
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// DeleteTrustRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteTrust operation. The "output" return
|
|
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
|
|
// is called.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// See DeleteTrust for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteTrust method directly
|
|
|
|
// instead.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteTrustRequest method.
|
|
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteTrustRequest(params)
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
|
|
// }
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteTrustRequest(input *DeleteTrustInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteTrustOutput) {
|
|
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
|
|
Name: opDeleteTrust,
|
|
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
|
|
input = &DeleteTrustInput{}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteTrustOutput{}
|
|
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
|
|
return
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// DeleteTrust API operation for AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Deletes an existing trust relationship between your Microsoft AD in the AWS
|
|
|
|
// cloud and an external domain.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
|
|
// the error.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's
|
|
|
|
// API operation DeleteTrust for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
|
|
// * EntityDoesNotExistException
|
|
|
|
// The specified entity could not be found.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * InvalidParameterException
|
|
|
|
// One or more parameters are not valid.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ClientException
|
|
|
|
// A client exception has occurred.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ServiceException
|
|
|
|
// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * UnsupportedOperationException
|
|
|
|
// The operation is not supported.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteTrust(input *DeleteTrustInput) (*DeleteTrustOutput, error) {
|
|
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteTrustRequest(input)
|
|
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
return out, err
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-03-11 01:27:37 +01:00
|
|
|
const opDeregisterEventTopic = "DeregisterEventTopic"
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// DeregisterEventTopicRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
|
|
// client's request for the DeregisterEventTopic operation. The "output" return
|
|
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
|
|
// is called.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// See DeregisterEventTopic for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DeregisterEventTopic method directly
|
|
|
|
// instead.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeregisterEventTopicRequest method.
|
|
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeregisterEventTopicRequest(params)
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
|
|
// }
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-03-11 01:27:37 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) DeregisterEventTopicRequest(input *DeregisterEventTopicInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeregisterEventTopicOutput) {
|
|
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
|
|
Name: opDeregisterEventTopic,
|
|
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
|
|
input = &DeregisterEventTopicInput{}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
|
|
output = &DeregisterEventTopicOutput{}
|
|
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
|
|
return
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// DeregisterEventTopic API operation for AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-03-11 01:27:37 +01:00
|
|
|
// Removes the specified directory as a publisher to the specified SNS topic.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
|
|
// the error.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's
|
|
|
|
// API operation DeregisterEventTopic for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
|
|
// * EntityDoesNotExistException
|
|
|
|
// The specified entity could not be found.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * InvalidParameterException
|
|
|
|
// One or more parameters are not valid.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ClientException
|
|
|
|
// A client exception has occurred.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ServiceException
|
|
|
|
// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-03-11 01:27:37 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) DeregisterEventTopic(input *DeregisterEventTopicInput) (*DeregisterEventTopicOutput, error) {
|
|
|
|
req, out := c.DeregisterEventTopicRequest(input)
|
|
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
return out, err
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
const opDescribeConditionalForwarders = "DescribeConditionalForwarders"
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// DescribeConditionalForwardersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeConditionalForwarders operation. The "output" return
|
|
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
|
|
// is called.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// See DescribeConditionalForwarders for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeConditionalForwarders method directly
|
|
|
|
// instead.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeConditionalForwardersRequest method.
|
|
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeConditionalForwardersRequest(params)
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
|
|
// }
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeConditionalForwardersRequest(input *DescribeConditionalForwardersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeConditionalForwardersOutput) {
|
|
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
|
|
Name: opDescribeConditionalForwarders,
|
|
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
|
|
input = &DescribeConditionalForwardersInput{}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeConditionalForwardersOutput{}
|
|
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
|
|
return
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// DescribeConditionalForwarders API operation for AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
// Obtains information about the conditional forwarders for this account.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// If no input parameters are provided for RemoteDomainNames, this request
|
|
|
|
// describes all conditional forwarders for the specified directory ID.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
|
|
// the error.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's
|
|
|
|
// API operation DescribeConditionalForwarders for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
|
|
// * EntityDoesNotExistException
|
|
|
|
// The specified entity could not be found.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * DirectoryUnavailableException
|
|
|
|
// The specified directory is unavailable or could not be found.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * InvalidParameterException
|
|
|
|
// One or more parameters are not valid.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * UnsupportedOperationException
|
|
|
|
// The operation is not supported.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ClientException
|
|
|
|
// A client exception has occurred.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ServiceException
|
|
|
|
// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeConditionalForwarders(input *DescribeConditionalForwardersInput) (*DescribeConditionalForwardersOutput, error) {
|
|
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeConditionalForwardersRequest(input)
|
|
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
return out, err
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
const opDescribeDirectories = "DescribeDirectories"
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// DescribeDirectoriesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeDirectories operation. The "output" return
|
|
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
|
|
// is called.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// See DescribeDirectories for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeDirectories method directly
|
|
|
|
// instead.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDirectoriesRequest method.
|
|
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeDirectoriesRequest(params)
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
|
|
// }
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeDirectoriesRequest(input *DescribeDirectoriesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDirectoriesOutput) {
|
|
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
|
|
Name: opDescribeDirectories,
|
|
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
|
|
input = &DescribeDirectoriesInput{}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeDirectoriesOutput{}
|
|
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
|
|
return
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// DescribeDirectories API operation for AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Obtains information about the directories that belong to this account.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// You can retrieve information about specific directories by passing the directory
|
|
|
|
// identifiers in the DirectoryIds parameter. Otherwise, all directories that
|
|
|
|
// belong to the current account are returned.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// This operation supports pagination with the use of the NextToken request
|
|
|
|
// and response parameters. If more results are available, the DescribeDirectoriesResult.NextToken
|
|
|
|
// member contains a token that you pass in the next call to DescribeDirectories
|
|
|
|
// to retrieve the next set of items.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// You can also specify a maximum number of return results with the Limit parameter.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
|
|
// the error.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's
|
|
|
|
// API operation DescribeDirectories for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
|
|
// * EntityDoesNotExistException
|
|
|
|
// The specified entity could not be found.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * InvalidParameterException
|
|
|
|
// One or more parameters are not valid.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * InvalidNextTokenException
|
|
|
|
// The NextToken value is not valid.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ClientException
|
|
|
|
// A client exception has occurred.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ServiceException
|
|
|
|
// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeDirectories(input *DescribeDirectoriesInput) (*DescribeDirectoriesOutput, error) {
|
|
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDirectoriesRequest(input)
|
|
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
return out, err
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-03-11 01:27:37 +01:00
|
|
|
const opDescribeEventTopics = "DescribeEventTopics"
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// DescribeEventTopicsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeEventTopics operation. The "output" return
|
|
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
|
|
// is called.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// See DescribeEventTopics for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeEventTopics method directly
|
|
|
|
// instead.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventTopicsRequest method.
|
|
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeEventTopicsRequest(params)
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
|
|
// }
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-03-11 01:27:37 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeEventTopicsRequest(input *DescribeEventTopicsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventTopicsOutput) {
|
|
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
|
|
Name: opDescribeEventTopics,
|
|
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
|
|
input = &DescribeEventTopicsInput{}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeEventTopicsOutput{}
|
|
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
|
|
return
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// DescribeEventTopics API operation for AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-03-11 01:27:37 +01:00
|
|
|
// Obtains information about which SNS topics receive status messages from the
|
|
|
|
// specified directory.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// If no input parameters are provided, such as DirectoryId or TopicName, this
|
|
|
|
// request describes all of the associations in the account.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
|
|
// the error.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's
|
|
|
|
// API operation DescribeEventTopics for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
|
|
// * EntityDoesNotExistException
|
|
|
|
// The specified entity could not be found.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * InvalidParameterException
|
|
|
|
// One or more parameters are not valid.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ClientException
|
|
|
|
// A client exception has occurred.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ServiceException
|
|
|
|
// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-03-11 01:27:37 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeEventTopics(input *DescribeEventTopicsInput) (*DescribeEventTopicsOutput, error) {
|
|
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEventTopicsRequest(input)
|
|
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
return out, err
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
const opDescribeSnapshots = "DescribeSnapshots"
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// DescribeSnapshotsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeSnapshots operation. The "output" return
|
|
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
|
|
// is called.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// See DescribeSnapshots for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeSnapshots method directly
|
|
|
|
// instead.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeSnapshotsRequest method.
|
|
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeSnapshotsRequest(params)
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
|
|
// }
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeSnapshotsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeSnapshotsOutput) {
|
|
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
|
|
Name: opDescribeSnapshots,
|
|
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
|
|
input = &DescribeSnapshotsInput{}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeSnapshotsOutput{}
|
|
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
|
|
return
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// DescribeSnapshots API operation for AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Obtains information about the directory snapshots that belong to this account.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// This operation supports pagination with the use of the NextToken request
|
|
|
|
// and response parameters. If more results are available, the DescribeSnapshots.NextToken
|
|
|
|
// member contains a token that you pass in the next call to DescribeSnapshots
|
|
|
|
// to retrieve the next set of items.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// You can also specify a maximum number of return results with the Limit parameter.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
|
|
// the error.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's
|
|
|
|
// API operation DescribeSnapshots for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
|
|
// * EntityDoesNotExistException
|
|
|
|
// The specified entity could not be found.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * InvalidParameterException
|
|
|
|
// One or more parameters are not valid.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * InvalidNextTokenException
|
|
|
|
// The NextToken value is not valid.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ClientException
|
|
|
|
// A client exception has occurred.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ServiceException
|
|
|
|
// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeSnapshots(input *DescribeSnapshotsInput) (*DescribeSnapshotsOutput, error) {
|
|
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeSnapshotsRequest(input)
|
|
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
return out, err
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeTrusts = "DescribeTrusts"
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// DescribeTrustsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeTrusts operation. The "output" return
|
|
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
|
|
// is called.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// See DescribeTrusts for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeTrusts method directly
|
|
|
|
// instead.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeTrustsRequest method.
|
|
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeTrustsRequest(params)
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
|
|
// }
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeTrustsRequest(input *DescribeTrustsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeTrustsOutput) {
|
|
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
|
|
Name: opDescribeTrusts,
|
|
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
|
|
input = &DescribeTrustsInput{}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeTrustsOutput{}
|
|
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
|
|
return
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// DescribeTrusts API operation for AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Obtains information about the trust relationships for this account.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// If no input parameters are provided, such as DirectoryId or TrustIds, this
|
|
|
|
// request describes all the trust relationships belonging to the account.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
|
|
// the error.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's
|
|
|
|
// API operation DescribeTrusts for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
|
|
// * EntityDoesNotExistException
|
|
|
|
// The specified entity could not be found.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * InvalidNextTokenException
|
|
|
|
// The NextToken value is not valid.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * InvalidParameterException
|
|
|
|
// One or more parameters are not valid.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ClientException
|
|
|
|
// A client exception has occurred.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ServiceException
|
|
|
|
// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * UnsupportedOperationException
|
|
|
|
// The operation is not supported.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeTrusts(input *DescribeTrustsInput) (*DescribeTrustsOutput, error) {
|
|
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeTrustsRequest(input)
|
|
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
return out, err
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const opDisableRadius = "DisableRadius"
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// DisableRadiusRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
|
|
// client's request for the DisableRadius operation. The "output" return
|
|
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
|
|
// is called.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// See DisableRadius for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DisableRadius method directly
|
|
|
|
// instead.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DisableRadiusRequest method.
|
|
|
|
// req, resp := client.DisableRadiusRequest(params)
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
|
|
// }
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) DisableRadiusRequest(input *DisableRadiusInput) (req *request.Request, output *DisableRadiusOutput) {
|
|
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
|
|
Name: opDisableRadius,
|
|
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
|
|
input = &DisableRadiusInput{}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
|
|
output = &DisableRadiusOutput{}
|
|
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
|
|
return
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// DisableRadius API operation for AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Disables multi-factor authentication (MFA) with the Remote Authentication
|
|
|
|
// Dial In User Service (RADIUS) server for an AD Connector directory.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
|
|
// the error.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's
|
|
|
|
// API operation DisableRadius for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
|
|
// * EntityDoesNotExistException
|
|
|
|
// The specified entity could not be found.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ClientException
|
|
|
|
// A client exception has occurred.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ServiceException
|
|
|
|
// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) DisableRadius(input *DisableRadiusInput) (*DisableRadiusOutput, error) {
|
|
|
|
req, out := c.DisableRadiusRequest(input)
|
|
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
return out, err
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const opDisableSso = "DisableSso"
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// DisableSsoRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
|
|
// client's request for the DisableSso operation. The "output" return
|
|
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
|
|
// is called.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// See DisableSso for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DisableSso method directly
|
|
|
|
// instead.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DisableSsoRequest method.
|
|
|
|
// req, resp := client.DisableSsoRequest(params)
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
|
|
// }
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) DisableSsoRequest(input *DisableSsoInput) (req *request.Request, output *DisableSsoOutput) {
|
|
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
|
|
Name: opDisableSso,
|
|
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
|
|
input = &DisableSsoInput{}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
|
|
output = &DisableSsoOutput{}
|
|
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
|
|
return
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// DisableSso API operation for AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Disables single-sign on for a directory.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
|
|
// the error.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's
|
|
|
|
// API operation DisableSso for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
|
|
// * EntityDoesNotExistException
|
|
|
|
// The specified entity could not be found.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * InsufficientPermissionsException
|
|
|
|
// The account does not have sufficient permission to perform the operation.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * AuthenticationFailedException
|
|
|
|
// An authentication error occurred.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ClientException
|
|
|
|
// A client exception has occurred.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ServiceException
|
|
|
|
// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) DisableSso(input *DisableSsoInput) (*DisableSsoOutput, error) {
|
|
|
|
req, out := c.DisableSsoRequest(input)
|
|
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
return out, err
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const opEnableRadius = "EnableRadius"
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// EnableRadiusRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
|
|
// client's request for the EnableRadius operation. The "output" return
|
|
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
|
|
// is called.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// See EnableRadius for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the EnableRadius method directly
|
|
|
|
// instead.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the EnableRadiusRequest method.
|
|
|
|
// req, resp := client.EnableRadiusRequest(params)
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
|
|
// }
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) EnableRadiusRequest(input *EnableRadiusInput) (req *request.Request, output *EnableRadiusOutput) {
|
|
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
|
|
Name: opEnableRadius,
|
|
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
|
|
input = &EnableRadiusInput{}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
|
|
output = &EnableRadiusOutput{}
|
|
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
|
|
return
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// EnableRadius API operation for AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Enables multi-factor authentication (MFA) with the Remote Authentication
|
|
|
|
// Dial In User Service (RADIUS) server for an AD Connector directory.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
|
|
// the error.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's
|
|
|
|
// API operation EnableRadius for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
|
|
// * InvalidParameterException
|
|
|
|
// One or more parameters are not valid.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * EntityAlreadyExistsException
|
|
|
|
// The specified entity already exists.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * EntityDoesNotExistException
|
|
|
|
// The specified entity could not be found.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ClientException
|
|
|
|
// A client exception has occurred.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ServiceException
|
|
|
|
// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) EnableRadius(input *EnableRadiusInput) (*EnableRadiusOutput, error) {
|
|
|
|
req, out := c.EnableRadiusRequest(input)
|
|
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
return out, err
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const opEnableSso = "EnableSso"
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// EnableSsoRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
|
|
// client's request for the EnableSso operation. The "output" return
|
|
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
|
|
// is called.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// See EnableSso for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the EnableSso method directly
|
|
|
|
// instead.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the EnableSsoRequest method.
|
|
|
|
// req, resp := client.EnableSsoRequest(params)
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
|
|
// }
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) EnableSsoRequest(input *EnableSsoInput) (req *request.Request, output *EnableSsoOutput) {
|
|
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
|
|
Name: opEnableSso,
|
|
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
|
|
input = &EnableSsoInput{}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
|
|
output = &EnableSsoOutput{}
|
|
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
|
|
return
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// EnableSso API operation for AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Enables single-sign on for a directory.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
|
|
// the error.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's
|
|
|
|
// API operation EnableSso for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
|
|
// * EntityDoesNotExistException
|
|
|
|
// The specified entity could not be found.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * InsufficientPermissionsException
|
|
|
|
// The account does not have sufficient permission to perform the operation.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * AuthenticationFailedException
|
|
|
|
// An authentication error occurred.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ClientException
|
|
|
|
// A client exception has occurred.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ServiceException
|
|
|
|
// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) EnableSso(input *EnableSsoInput) (*EnableSsoOutput, error) {
|
|
|
|
req, out := c.EnableSsoRequest(input)
|
|
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
return out, err
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const opGetDirectoryLimits = "GetDirectoryLimits"
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// GetDirectoryLimitsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
|
|
// client's request for the GetDirectoryLimits operation. The "output" return
|
|
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
|
|
// is called.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// See GetDirectoryLimits for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the GetDirectoryLimits method directly
|
|
|
|
// instead.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the GetDirectoryLimitsRequest method.
|
|
|
|
// req, resp := client.GetDirectoryLimitsRequest(params)
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
|
|
// }
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) GetDirectoryLimitsRequest(input *GetDirectoryLimitsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetDirectoryLimitsOutput) {
|
|
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
|
|
Name: opGetDirectoryLimits,
|
|
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
|
|
input = &GetDirectoryLimitsInput{}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
|
|
output = &GetDirectoryLimitsOutput{}
|
|
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
|
|
return
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// GetDirectoryLimits API operation for AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Obtains directory limit information for the current region.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
|
|
// the error.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's
|
|
|
|
// API operation GetDirectoryLimits for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
|
|
// * EntityDoesNotExistException
|
|
|
|
// The specified entity could not be found.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ClientException
|
|
|
|
// A client exception has occurred.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ServiceException
|
|
|
|
// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) GetDirectoryLimits(input *GetDirectoryLimitsInput) (*GetDirectoryLimitsOutput, error) {
|
|
|
|
req, out := c.GetDirectoryLimitsRequest(input)
|
|
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
return out, err
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const opGetSnapshotLimits = "GetSnapshotLimits"
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// GetSnapshotLimitsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
|
|
// client's request for the GetSnapshotLimits operation. The "output" return
|
|
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
|
|
// is called.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// See GetSnapshotLimits for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the GetSnapshotLimits method directly
|
|
|
|
// instead.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the GetSnapshotLimitsRequest method.
|
|
|
|
// req, resp := client.GetSnapshotLimitsRequest(params)
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
|
|
// }
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) GetSnapshotLimitsRequest(input *GetSnapshotLimitsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetSnapshotLimitsOutput) {
|
|
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
|
|
Name: opGetSnapshotLimits,
|
|
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
|
|
input = &GetSnapshotLimitsInput{}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
|
|
output = &GetSnapshotLimitsOutput{}
|
|
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
|
|
return
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// GetSnapshotLimits API operation for AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Obtains the manual snapshot limits for a directory.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
|
|
// the error.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's
|
|
|
|
// API operation GetSnapshotLimits for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
|
|
// * EntityDoesNotExistException
|
|
|
|
// The specified entity could not be found.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ClientException
|
|
|
|
// A client exception has occurred.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ServiceException
|
|
|
|
// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) GetSnapshotLimits(input *GetSnapshotLimitsInput) (*GetSnapshotLimitsOutput, error) {
|
|
|
|
req, out := c.GetSnapshotLimitsRequest(input)
|
|
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
return out, err
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-29 10:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
const opListIpRoutes = "ListIpRoutes"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// ListIpRoutesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
|
|
// client's request for the ListIpRoutes operation. The "output" return
|
|
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
|
|
// is called.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// See ListIpRoutes for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-29 10:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the ListIpRoutes method directly
|
|
|
|
// instead.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ListIpRoutesRequest method.
|
|
|
|
// req, resp := client.ListIpRoutesRequest(params)
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
|
|
// }
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) ListIpRoutesRequest(input *ListIpRoutesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListIpRoutesOutput) {
|
|
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
|
|
Name: opListIpRoutes,
|
|
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
|
|
input = &ListIpRoutesInput{}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
|
|
output = &ListIpRoutesOutput{}
|
|
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
|
|
return
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// ListIpRoutes API operation for AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-29 10:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
// Lists the address blocks that you have added to a directory.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
|
|
// the error.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's
|
|
|
|
// API operation ListIpRoutes for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
|
|
// * EntityDoesNotExistException
|
|
|
|
// The specified entity could not be found.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * InvalidNextTokenException
|
|
|
|
// The NextToken value is not valid.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * InvalidParameterException
|
|
|
|
// One or more parameters are not valid.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ClientException
|
|
|
|
// A client exception has occurred.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ServiceException
|
|
|
|
// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-29 10:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) ListIpRoutes(input *ListIpRoutesInput) (*ListIpRoutesOutput, error) {
|
|
|
|
req, out := c.ListIpRoutesRequest(input)
|
|
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
return out, err
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
const opListTagsForResource = "ListTagsForResource"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// ListTagsForResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
|
|
// client's request for the ListTagsForResource operation. The "output" return
|
|
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
|
|
// is called.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// See ListTagsForResource for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the ListTagsForResource method directly
|
|
|
|
// instead.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ListTagsForResourceRequest method.
|
|
|
|
// req, resp := client.ListTagsForResourceRequest(params)
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
|
|
// }
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) ListTagsForResourceRequest(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListTagsForResourceOutput) {
|
|
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
|
|
Name: opListTagsForResource,
|
|
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
|
|
input = &ListTagsForResourceInput{}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
|
|
output = &ListTagsForResourceOutput{}
|
|
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
|
|
return
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// ListTagsForResource API operation for AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Lists all tags on an Amazon Directory Services directory.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
|
|
// the error.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's
|
|
|
|
// API operation ListTagsForResource for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
|
|
// * EntityDoesNotExistException
|
|
|
|
// The specified entity could not be found.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * InvalidNextTokenException
|
|
|
|
// The NextToken value is not valid.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * InvalidParameterException
|
|
|
|
// One or more parameters are not valid.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ClientException
|
|
|
|
// A client exception has occurred.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ServiceException
|
|
|
|
// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) ListTagsForResource(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) {
|
|
|
|
req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input)
|
|
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
return out, err
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-03-11 01:27:37 +01:00
|
|
|
const opRegisterEventTopic = "RegisterEventTopic"
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// RegisterEventTopicRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
|
|
// client's request for the RegisterEventTopic operation. The "output" return
|
|
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
|
|
// is called.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// See RegisterEventTopic for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the RegisterEventTopic method directly
|
|
|
|
// instead.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RegisterEventTopicRequest method.
|
|
|
|
// req, resp := client.RegisterEventTopicRequest(params)
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
|
|
// }
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-03-11 01:27:37 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) RegisterEventTopicRequest(input *RegisterEventTopicInput) (req *request.Request, output *RegisterEventTopicOutput) {
|
|
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
|
|
Name: opRegisterEventTopic,
|
|
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
|
|
input = &RegisterEventTopicInput{}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
|
|
output = &RegisterEventTopicOutput{}
|
|
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
|
|
return
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// RegisterEventTopic API operation for AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-03-11 01:27:37 +01:00
|
|
|
// Associates a directory with an SNS topic. This establishes the directory
|
|
|
|
// as a publisher to the specified SNS topic. You can then receive email or
|
|
|
|
// text (SMS) messages when the status of your directory changes. You get notified
|
|
|
|
// if your directory goes from an Active status to an Impaired or Inoperable
|
|
|
|
// status. You also receive a notification when the directory returns to an
|
|
|
|
// Active status.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
|
|
// the error.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's
|
|
|
|
// API operation RegisterEventTopic for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
|
|
// * EntityDoesNotExistException
|
|
|
|
// The specified entity could not be found.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * InvalidParameterException
|
|
|
|
// One or more parameters are not valid.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ClientException
|
|
|
|
// A client exception has occurred.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ServiceException
|
|
|
|
// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-03-11 01:27:37 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) RegisterEventTopic(input *RegisterEventTopicInput) (*RegisterEventTopicOutput, error) {
|
|
|
|
req, out := c.RegisterEventTopicRequest(input)
|
|
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
return out, err
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-29 10:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
const opRemoveIpRoutes = "RemoveIpRoutes"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// RemoveIpRoutesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
|
|
// client's request for the RemoveIpRoutes operation. The "output" return
|
|
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
|
|
// is called.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// See RemoveIpRoutes for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-29 10:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the RemoveIpRoutes method directly
|
|
|
|
// instead.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RemoveIpRoutesRequest method.
|
|
|
|
// req, resp := client.RemoveIpRoutesRequest(params)
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
|
|
// }
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) RemoveIpRoutesRequest(input *RemoveIpRoutesInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveIpRoutesOutput) {
|
|
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
|
|
Name: opRemoveIpRoutes,
|
|
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
|
|
input = &RemoveIpRoutesInput{}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
|
|
output = &RemoveIpRoutesOutput{}
|
|
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
|
|
return
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// RemoveIpRoutes API operation for AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-29 10:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
// Removes IP address blocks from a directory.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
|
|
// the error.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's
|
|
|
|
// API operation RemoveIpRoutes for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
|
|
// * EntityDoesNotExistException
|
|
|
|
// The specified entity could not be found.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * InvalidParameterException
|
|
|
|
// One or more parameters are not valid.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * DirectoryUnavailableException
|
|
|
|
// The specified directory is unavailable or could not be found.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ClientException
|
|
|
|
// A client exception has occurred.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ServiceException
|
|
|
|
// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-29 10:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) RemoveIpRoutes(input *RemoveIpRoutesInput) (*RemoveIpRoutesOutput, error) {
|
|
|
|
req, out := c.RemoveIpRoutesRequest(input)
|
|
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
return out, err
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
const opRemoveTagsFromResource = "RemoveTagsFromResource"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
|
|
// client's request for the RemoveTagsFromResource operation. The "output" return
|
|
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
|
|
// is called.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// See RemoveTagsFromResource for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the RemoveTagsFromResource method directly
|
|
|
|
// instead.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest method.
|
|
|
|
// req, resp := client.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(params)
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
|
|
// }
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) {
|
|
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
|
|
Name: opRemoveTagsFromResource,
|
|
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
|
|
input = &RemoveTagsFromResourceInput{}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
|
|
output = &RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput{}
|
|
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
|
|
return
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// RemoveTagsFromResource API operation for AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Removes tags from an Amazon Directory Services directory.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
|
|
// the error.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's
|
|
|
|
// API operation RemoveTagsFromResource for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
|
|
// * EntityDoesNotExistException
|
|
|
|
// The specified entity could not be found.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * InvalidParameterException
|
|
|
|
// One or more parameters are not valid.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ClientException
|
|
|
|
// A client exception has occurred.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ServiceException
|
|
|
|
// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) RemoveTagsFromResource(input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) (*RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput, error) {
|
|
|
|
req, out := c.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input)
|
|
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
return out, err
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
const opRestoreFromSnapshot = "RestoreFromSnapshot"
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// RestoreFromSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
|
|
// client's request for the RestoreFromSnapshot operation. The "output" return
|
|
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
|
|
// is called.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// See RestoreFromSnapshot for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the RestoreFromSnapshot method directly
|
|
|
|
// instead.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RestoreFromSnapshotRequest method.
|
|
|
|
// req, resp := client.RestoreFromSnapshotRequest(params)
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
|
|
// }
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) RestoreFromSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreFromSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreFromSnapshotOutput) {
|
|
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
|
|
Name: opRestoreFromSnapshot,
|
|
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
|
|
input = &RestoreFromSnapshotInput{}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
|
|
output = &RestoreFromSnapshotOutput{}
|
|
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
|
|
return
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// RestoreFromSnapshot API operation for AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Restores a directory using an existing directory snapshot.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// When you restore a directory from a snapshot, any changes made to the directory
|
|
|
|
// after the snapshot date are overwritten.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// This action returns as soon as the restore operation is initiated. You can
|
|
|
|
// monitor the progress of the restore operation by calling the DescribeDirectories
|
|
|
|
// operation with the directory identifier. When the DirectoryDescription.Stage
|
|
|
|
// value changes to Active, the restore operation is complete.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
|
|
// the error.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's
|
|
|
|
// API operation RestoreFromSnapshot for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
|
|
// * EntityDoesNotExistException
|
|
|
|
// The specified entity could not be found.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * InvalidParameterException
|
|
|
|
// One or more parameters are not valid.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ClientException
|
|
|
|
// A client exception has occurred.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ServiceException
|
|
|
|
// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) RestoreFromSnapshot(input *RestoreFromSnapshotInput) (*RestoreFromSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
|
|
req, out := c.RestoreFromSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
return out, err
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
const opUpdateConditionalForwarder = "UpdateConditionalForwarder"
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// UpdateConditionalForwarderRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
|
|
// client's request for the UpdateConditionalForwarder operation. The "output" return
|
|
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
|
|
// is called.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// See UpdateConditionalForwarder for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the UpdateConditionalForwarder method directly
|
|
|
|
// instead.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the UpdateConditionalForwarderRequest method.
|
|
|
|
// req, resp := client.UpdateConditionalForwarderRequest(params)
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
|
|
// }
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) UpdateConditionalForwarderRequest(input *UpdateConditionalForwarderInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateConditionalForwarderOutput) {
|
|
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
|
|
Name: opUpdateConditionalForwarder,
|
|
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
|
|
input = &UpdateConditionalForwarderInput{}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
|
|
output = &UpdateConditionalForwarderOutput{}
|
|
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
|
|
return
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// UpdateConditionalForwarder API operation for AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
// Updates a conditional forwarder that has been set up for your AWS directory.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
|
|
// the error.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's
|
|
|
|
// API operation UpdateConditionalForwarder for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
|
|
// * EntityDoesNotExistException
|
|
|
|
// The specified entity could not be found.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * DirectoryUnavailableException
|
|
|
|
// The specified directory is unavailable or could not be found.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * InvalidParameterException
|
|
|
|
// One or more parameters are not valid.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * UnsupportedOperationException
|
|
|
|
// The operation is not supported.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ClientException
|
|
|
|
// A client exception has occurred.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ServiceException
|
|
|
|
// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) UpdateConditionalForwarder(input *UpdateConditionalForwarderInput) (*UpdateConditionalForwarderOutput, error) {
|
|
|
|
req, out := c.UpdateConditionalForwarderRequest(input)
|
|
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
return out, err
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
const opUpdateRadius = "UpdateRadius"
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// UpdateRadiusRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
|
|
// client's request for the UpdateRadius operation. The "output" return
|
|
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
|
|
// is called.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// See UpdateRadius for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the UpdateRadius method directly
|
|
|
|
// instead.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the UpdateRadiusRequest method.
|
|
|
|
// req, resp := client.UpdateRadiusRequest(params)
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
|
|
// }
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) UpdateRadiusRequest(input *UpdateRadiusInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateRadiusOutput) {
|
|
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
|
|
Name: opUpdateRadius,
|
|
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
|
|
input = &UpdateRadiusInput{}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
|
|
output = &UpdateRadiusOutput{}
|
|
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
|
|
return
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// UpdateRadius API operation for AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Updates the Remote Authentication Dial In User Service (RADIUS) server information
|
|
|
|
// for an AD Connector directory.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
|
|
// the error.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's
|
|
|
|
// API operation UpdateRadius for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
|
|
// * InvalidParameterException
|
|
|
|
// One or more parameters are not valid.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * EntityDoesNotExistException
|
|
|
|
// The specified entity could not be found.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ClientException
|
|
|
|
// A client exception has occurred.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ServiceException
|
|
|
|
// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) UpdateRadius(input *UpdateRadiusInput) (*UpdateRadiusOutput, error) {
|
|
|
|
req, out := c.UpdateRadiusRequest(input)
|
|
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
return out, err
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const opVerifyTrust = "VerifyTrust"
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// VerifyTrustRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
|
|
// client's request for the VerifyTrust operation. The "output" return
|
|
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
|
|
// is called.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// See VerifyTrust for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the VerifyTrust method directly
|
|
|
|
// instead.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the VerifyTrustRequest method.
|
|
|
|
// req, resp := client.VerifyTrustRequest(params)
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
|
|
// }
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) VerifyTrustRequest(input *VerifyTrustInput) (req *request.Request, output *VerifyTrustOutput) {
|
|
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
|
|
Name: opVerifyTrust,
|
|
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
|
|
input = &VerifyTrustInput{}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
|
|
output = &VerifyTrustOutput{}
|
|
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
|
|
return
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// VerifyTrust API operation for AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// AWS Directory Service for Microsoft Active Directory allows you to configure
|
|
|
|
// and verify trust relationships.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// This action verifies a trust relationship between your Microsoft AD in the
|
|
|
|
// AWS cloud and an external domain.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
|
|
// the error.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's
|
|
|
|
// API operation VerifyTrust for usage and error information.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
|
|
// * EntityDoesNotExistException
|
|
|
|
// The specified entity could not be found.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * InvalidParameterException
|
|
|
|
// One or more parameters are not valid.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ClientException
|
|
|
|
// A client exception has occurred.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * ServiceException
|
|
|
|
// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// * UnsupportedOperationException
|
|
|
|
// The operation is not supported.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
func (c *DirectoryService) VerifyTrust(input *VerifyTrustInput) (*VerifyTrustOutput, error) {
|
|
|
|
req, out := c.VerifyTrustRequest(input)
|
|
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
|
|
return out, err
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-29 10:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
type AddIpRoutesInput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Identifier (ID) of the directory to which to add the address block.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// DirectoryId is a required field
|
2016-07-29 10:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// IP address blocks, using CIDR format, of the traffic to route. This is often
|
|
|
|
// the IP address block of the DNS server used for your on-premises domain.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// IpRoutes is a required field
|
2016-07-29 10:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
IpRoutes []*IpRoute `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// If set to true, updates the inbound and outbound rules of the security group
|
|
|
|
// that has the description: "AWS created security group for directory ID directory
|
|
|
|
// controllers." Following are the new rules:
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Inbound:
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Type: Custom UDP Rule, Protocol: UDP, Range: 88, Source: 0.0.0.0/0
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Type: Custom UDP Rule, Protocol: UDP, Range: 123, Source: 0.0.0.0/0
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Type: Custom UDP Rule, Protocol: UDP, Range: 138, Source: 0.0.0.0/0
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Type: Custom UDP Rule, Protocol: UDP, Range: 389, Source: 0.0.0.0/0
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Type: Custom UDP Rule, Protocol: UDP, Range: 464, Source: 0.0.0.0/0
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Type: Custom UDP Rule, Protocol: UDP, Range: 445, Source: 0.0.0.0/0
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Type: Custom TCP Rule, Protocol: TCP, Range: 88, Source: 0.0.0.0/0
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Type: Custom TCP Rule, Protocol: TCP, Range: 135, Source: 0.0.0.0/0
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Type: Custom TCP Rule, Protocol: TCP, Range: 445, Source: 0.0.0.0/0
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Type: Custom TCP Rule, Protocol: TCP, Range: 464, Source: 0.0.0.0/0
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Type: Custom TCP Rule, Protocol: TCP, Range: 636, Source: 0.0.0.0/0
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Type: Custom TCP Rule, Protocol: TCP, Range: 1024-65535, Source: 0.0.0.0/0
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Type: Custom TCP Rule, Protocol: TCP, Range: 3268-33269, Source: 0.0.0.0/0
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Type: DNS (UDP), Protocol: UDP, Range: 53, Source: 0.0.0.0/0
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Type: DNS (TCP), Protocol: TCP, Range: 53, Source: 0.0.0.0/0
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Type: LDAP, Protocol: TCP, Range: 389, Source: 0.0.0.0/0
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Type: All ICMP, Protocol: All, Range: N/A, Source: 0.0.0.0/0
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Outbound:
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Type: All traffic, Protocol: All, Range: All, Destination: 0.0.0.0/0
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// These security rules impact an internal network interface that is not
|
|
|
|
// exposed publicly.
|
|
|
|
UpdateSecurityGroupForDirectoryControllers *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s AddIpRoutesInput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s AddIpRoutesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
|
|
func (s *AddIpRoutesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddIpRoutesInput"}
|
|
|
|
if s.DirectoryId == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.IpRoutes == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IpRoutes"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nil
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
type AddIpRoutesOutput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s AddIpRoutesOutput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s AddIpRoutesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
type AddTagsToResourceInput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-29 10:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
// Identifier (ID) for the directory to which to add the tag.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// ResourceId is a required field
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
ResourceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The tags to be assigned to the Amazon Directory Services directory.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Tags is a required field
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
Tags []*Tag `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s AddTagsToResourceInput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s AddTagsToResourceInput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
|
|
func (s *AddTagsToResourceInput) Validate() error {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddTagsToResourceInput"}
|
|
|
|
if s.ResourceId == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceId"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.Tags == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tags"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.Tags != nil {
|
|
|
|
for i, v := range s.Tags {
|
|
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
|
|
continue
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nil
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
type AddTagsToResourceOutput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s AddTagsToResourceOutput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s AddTagsToResourceOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Represents a named directory attribute.
|
|
|
|
type Attribute struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The name of the attribute.
|
|
|
|
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The value of the attribute.
|
|
|
|
Value *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s Attribute) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s Attribute) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
|
|
func (s *Attribute) Validate() error {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Attribute"}
|
|
|
|
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nil
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Contains information about a computer account in a directory.
|
|
|
|
type Computer struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// An array of Attribute objects containing the LDAP attributes that belong
|
|
|
|
// to the computer account.
|
|
|
|
ComputerAttributes []*Attribute `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the computer.
|
|
|
|
ComputerId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The computer name.
|
|
|
|
ComputerName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s Computer) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s Computer) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
// Points to a remote domain with which you are setting up a trust relationship.
|
|
|
|
// Conditional forwarders are required in order to set up a trust relationship
|
|
|
|
// with another domain.
|
|
|
|
type ConditionalForwarder struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The IP addresses of the remote DNS server associated with RemoteDomainName.
|
|
|
|
// This is the IP address of the DNS server that your conditional forwarder
|
|
|
|
// points to.
|
|
|
|
DnsIpAddrs []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the remote domains pointed to by
|
|
|
|
// the conditional forwarder.
|
|
|
|
RemoteDomainName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The replication scope of the conditional forwarder. The only allowed value
|
|
|
|
// is Domain, which will replicate the conditional forwarder to all of the domain
|
|
|
|
// controllers for your AWS directory.
|
|
|
|
ReplicationScope *string `type:"string" enum:"ReplicationScope"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s ConditionalForwarder) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s ConditionalForwarder) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Contains the inputs for the ConnectDirectory operation.
|
|
|
|
type ConnectDirectoryInput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// A DirectoryConnectSettings object that contains additional information for
|
|
|
|
// the operation.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// ConnectSettings is a required field
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
ConnectSettings *DirectoryConnectSettings `type:"structure" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// A textual description for the directory.
|
|
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The fully-qualified name of the on-premises directory, such as corp.example.com.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Name is a required field
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The password for the on-premises user account.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Password is a required field
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
Password *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The NetBIOS name of the on-premises directory, such as CORP.
|
|
|
|
ShortName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The size of the directory.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Size is a required field
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
Size *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"DirectorySize"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s ConnectDirectoryInput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s ConnectDirectoryInput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
|
|
func (s *ConnectDirectoryInput) Validate() error {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ConnectDirectoryInput"}
|
|
|
|
if s.ConnectSettings == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ConnectSettings"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.Name == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.Password == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Password"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.Password != nil && len(*s.Password) < 1 {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Password", 1))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.Size == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Size"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.ConnectSettings != nil {
|
|
|
|
if err := s.ConnectSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("ConnectSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nil
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Contains the results of the ConnectDirectory operation.
|
|
|
|
type ConnectDirectoryOutput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the new directory.
|
|
|
|
DirectoryId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s ConnectDirectoryOutput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s ConnectDirectoryOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Contains the inputs for the CreateAlias operation.
|
|
|
|
type CreateAliasInput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The requested alias.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// The alias must be unique amongst all aliases in AWS. This operation throws
|
|
|
|
// an EntityAlreadyExistsException error if the alias already exists.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Alias is a required field
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
Alias *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the directory for which to create the alias.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// DirectoryId is a required field
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s CreateAliasInput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s CreateAliasInput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
|
|
func (s *CreateAliasInput) Validate() error {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateAliasInput"}
|
|
|
|
if s.Alias == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Alias"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.Alias != nil && len(*s.Alias) < 1 {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Alias", 1))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.DirectoryId == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nil
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Contains the results of the CreateAlias operation.
|
|
|
|
type CreateAliasOutput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The alias for the directory.
|
|
|
|
Alias *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the directory.
|
|
|
|
DirectoryId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s CreateAliasOutput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s CreateAliasOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Contains the inputs for the CreateComputer operation.
|
|
|
|
type CreateComputerInput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// An array of Attribute objects that contain any LDAP attributes to apply to
|
|
|
|
// the computer account.
|
|
|
|
ComputerAttributes []*Attribute `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The name of the computer account.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// ComputerName is a required field
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
ComputerName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the directory in which to create the computer account.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// DirectoryId is a required field
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The fully-qualified distinguished name of the organizational unit to place
|
|
|
|
// the computer account in.
|
|
|
|
OrganizationalUnitDistinguishedName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// A one-time password that is used to join the computer to the directory. You
|
|
|
|
// should generate a random, strong password to use for this parameter.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Password is a required field
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
Password *string `min:"8" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s CreateComputerInput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s CreateComputerInput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
|
|
func (s *CreateComputerInput) Validate() error {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateComputerInput"}
|
|
|
|
if s.ComputerName == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ComputerName"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.ComputerName != nil && len(*s.ComputerName) < 1 {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ComputerName", 1))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.DirectoryId == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.OrganizationalUnitDistinguishedName != nil && len(*s.OrganizationalUnitDistinguishedName) < 1 {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("OrganizationalUnitDistinguishedName", 1))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.Password == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Password"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.Password != nil && len(*s.Password) < 8 {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Password", 8))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.ComputerAttributes != nil {
|
|
|
|
for i, v := range s.ComputerAttributes {
|
|
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
|
|
continue
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "ComputerAttributes", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nil
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Contains the results for the CreateComputer operation.
|
|
|
|
type CreateComputerOutput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// A Computer object that represents the computer account.
|
|
|
|
Computer *Computer `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s CreateComputerOutput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s CreateComputerOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
// Initiates the creation of a conditional forwarder for your AWS Directory
|
|
|
|
// Service for Microsoft Active Directory. Conditional forwarders are required
|
|
|
|
// in order to set up a trust relationship with another domain.
|
|
|
|
type CreateConditionalForwarderInput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The directory ID of the AWS directory for which you are creating the conditional
|
|
|
|
// forwarder.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// DirectoryId is a required field
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The IP addresses of the remote DNS server associated with RemoteDomainName.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// DnsIpAddrs is a required field
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
DnsIpAddrs []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the remote domain with which you
|
|
|
|
// will set up a trust relationship.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// RemoteDomainName is a required field
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
RemoteDomainName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s CreateConditionalForwarderInput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s CreateConditionalForwarderInput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
|
|
func (s *CreateConditionalForwarderInput) Validate() error {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateConditionalForwarderInput"}
|
|
|
|
if s.DirectoryId == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.DnsIpAddrs == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DnsIpAddrs"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.RemoteDomainName == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RemoteDomainName"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nil
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// The result of a CreateConditinalForwarder request.
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
type CreateConditionalForwarderOutput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s CreateConditionalForwarderOutput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s CreateConditionalForwarderOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Contains the inputs for the CreateDirectory operation.
|
|
|
|
type CreateDirectoryInput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// A textual description for the directory.
|
|
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The fully qualified name for the directory, such as corp.example.com.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Name is a required field
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The password for the directory administrator. The directory creation process
|
|
|
|
// creates a directory administrator account with the username Administrator
|
|
|
|
// and this password.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Password is a required field
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
Password *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The short name of the directory, such as CORP.
|
|
|
|
ShortName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The size of the directory.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Size is a required field
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
Size *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"DirectorySize"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// A DirectoryVpcSettings object that contains additional information for the
|
|
|
|
// operation.
|
|
|
|
VpcSettings *DirectoryVpcSettings `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s CreateDirectoryInput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s CreateDirectoryInput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
|
|
func (s *CreateDirectoryInput) Validate() error {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDirectoryInput"}
|
|
|
|
if s.Name == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.Password == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Password"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.Size == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Size"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.VpcSettings != nil {
|
|
|
|
if err := s.VpcSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("VpcSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nil
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Contains the results of the CreateDirectory operation.
|
|
|
|
type CreateDirectoryOutput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the directory that was created.
|
|
|
|
DirectoryId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s CreateDirectoryOutput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s CreateDirectoryOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Creates a Microsoft AD in the AWS cloud.
|
|
|
|
type CreateMicrosoftADInput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// A textual description for the directory. This label will appear on the AWS
|
|
|
|
// console Directory Details page after the directory is created.
|
|
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The fully qualified domain name for the directory, such as corp.example.com.
|
|
|
|
// This name will resolve inside your VPC only. It does not need to be publicly
|
|
|
|
// resolvable.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Name is a required field
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The password for the default administrative user named Admin.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Password is a required field
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
Password *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The NetBIOS name for your domain. A short identifier for your domain, such
|
|
|
|
// as CORP. If you don't specify a NetBIOS name, it will default to the first
|
|
|
|
// part of your directory DNS. For example, CORP for the directory DNS corp.example.com.
|
|
|
|
ShortName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Contains VPC information for the CreateDirectory or CreateMicrosoftAD operation.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// VpcSettings is a required field
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
VpcSettings *DirectoryVpcSettings `type:"structure" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s CreateMicrosoftADInput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s CreateMicrosoftADInput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
|
|
func (s *CreateMicrosoftADInput) Validate() error {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateMicrosoftADInput"}
|
|
|
|
if s.Name == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.Password == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Password"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.VpcSettings == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcSettings"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.VpcSettings != nil {
|
|
|
|
if err := s.VpcSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("VpcSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nil
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Result of a CreateMicrosoftAD request.
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
type CreateMicrosoftADOutput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the directory that was created.
|
|
|
|
DirectoryId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s CreateMicrosoftADOutput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s CreateMicrosoftADOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Contains the inputs for the CreateSnapshot operation.
|
|
|
|
type CreateSnapshotInput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
2016-03-11 01:27:37 +01:00
|
|
|
// The identifier of the directory of which to take a snapshot.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// DirectoryId is a required field
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The descriptive name to apply to the snapshot.
|
|
|
|
Name *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s CreateSnapshotInput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s CreateSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
|
|
func (s *CreateSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateSnapshotInput"}
|
|
|
|
if s.DirectoryId == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nil
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Contains the results of the CreateSnapshot operation.
|
|
|
|
type CreateSnapshotOutput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the snapshot that was created.
|
|
|
|
SnapshotId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s CreateSnapshotOutput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s CreateSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// AWS Directory Service for Microsoft Active Directory allows you to configure
|
|
|
|
// trust relationships. For example, you can establish a trust between your
|
|
|
|
// Microsoft AD in the AWS cloud, and your existing on-premises Microsoft Active
|
|
|
|
// Directory. This would allow you to provide users and groups access to resources
|
|
|
|
// in either domain, with a single set of credentials.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// This action initiates the creation of the AWS side of a trust relationship
|
|
|
|
// between a Microsoft AD in the AWS cloud and an external domain.
|
|
|
|
type CreateTrustInput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// The IP addresses of the remote DNS server associated with RemoteDomainName.
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
ConditionalForwarderIpAddrs []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// The Directory ID of the Microsoft AD in the AWS cloud for which to establish
|
|
|
|
// the trust relationship.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// DirectoryId is a required field
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) of the external domain for which to
|
|
|
|
// create the trust relationship.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// RemoteDomainName is a required field
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
RemoteDomainName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The direction of the trust relationship.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// TrustDirection is a required field
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
TrustDirection *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"TrustDirection"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The trust password. The must be the same password that was used when creating
|
|
|
|
// the trust relationship on the external domain.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// TrustPassword is a required field
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
TrustPassword *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The trust relationship type.
|
|
|
|
TrustType *string `type:"string" enum:"TrustType"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s CreateTrustInput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s CreateTrustInput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
|
|
func (s *CreateTrustInput) Validate() error {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateTrustInput"}
|
|
|
|
if s.DirectoryId == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.RemoteDomainName == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RemoteDomainName"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.TrustDirection == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TrustDirection"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.TrustPassword == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TrustPassword"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.TrustPassword != nil && len(*s.TrustPassword) < 1 {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TrustPassword", 1))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nil
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// The result of a CreateTrust request.
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
type CreateTrustOutput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// A unique identifier for the trust relationship that was created.
|
|
|
|
TrustId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s CreateTrustOutput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s CreateTrustOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Deletes a conditional forwarder.
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
type DeleteConditionalForwarderInput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The directory ID for which you are deleting the conditional forwarder.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// DirectoryId is a required field
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the remote domain with which you
|
|
|
|
// are deleting the conditional forwarder.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// RemoteDomainName is a required field
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
RemoteDomainName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DeleteConditionalForwarderInput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DeleteConditionalForwarderInput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
|
|
func (s *DeleteConditionalForwarderInput) Validate() error {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteConditionalForwarderInput"}
|
|
|
|
if s.DirectoryId == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.RemoteDomainName == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RemoteDomainName"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nil
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// The result of a DeleteConditionalForwarder request.
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
type DeleteConditionalForwarderOutput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DeleteConditionalForwarderOutput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DeleteConditionalForwarderOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Contains the inputs for the DeleteDirectory operation.
|
|
|
|
type DeleteDirectoryInput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the directory to delete.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// DirectoryId is a required field
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DeleteDirectoryInput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DeleteDirectoryInput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
|
|
func (s *DeleteDirectoryInput) Validate() error {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDirectoryInput"}
|
|
|
|
if s.DirectoryId == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nil
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Contains the results of the DeleteDirectory operation.
|
|
|
|
type DeleteDirectoryOutput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The directory identifier.
|
|
|
|
DirectoryId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DeleteDirectoryOutput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DeleteDirectoryOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Contains the inputs for the DeleteSnapshot operation.
|
|
|
|
type DeleteSnapshotInput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the directory snapshot to be deleted.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// SnapshotId is a required field
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
SnapshotId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DeleteSnapshotInput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DeleteSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
|
|
func (s *DeleteSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteSnapshotInput"}
|
|
|
|
if s.SnapshotId == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnapshotId"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nil
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Contains the results of the DeleteSnapshot operation.
|
|
|
|
type DeleteSnapshotOutput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the directory snapshot that was deleted.
|
|
|
|
SnapshotId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DeleteSnapshotOutput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DeleteSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Deletes the local side of an existing trust relationship between the Microsoft
|
|
|
|
// AD in the AWS cloud and the external domain.
|
|
|
|
type DeleteTrustInput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Delete a conditional forwarder as part of a DeleteTrustRequest.
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
DeleteAssociatedConditionalForwarder *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// The Trust ID of the trust relationship to be deleted.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// TrustId is a required field
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
TrustId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DeleteTrustInput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DeleteTrustInput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
|
|
func (s *DeleteTrustInput) Validate() error {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteTrustInput"}
|
|
|
|
if s.TrustId == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TrustId"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nil
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// The result of a DeleteTrust request.
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
type DeleteTrustOutput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The Trust ID of the trust relationship that was deleted.
|
|
|
|
TrustId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DeleteTrustOutput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DeleteTrustOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-03-11 01:27:37 +01:00
|
|
|
// Removes the specified directory as a publisher to the specified SNS topic.
|
|
|
|
type DeregisterEventTopicInput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The Directory ID to remove as a publisher. This directory will no longer
|
|
|
|
// send messages to the specified SNS topic.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// DirectoryId is a required field
|
2016-03-11 01:27:37 +01:00
|
|
|
DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The name of the SNS topic from which to remove the directory as a publisher.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// TopicName is a required field
|
2016-03-11 01:27:37 +01:00
|
|
|
TopicName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DeregisterEventTopicInput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DeregisterEventTopicInput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
|
|
func (s *DeregisterEventTopicInput) Validate() error {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeregisterEventTopicInput"}
|
|
|
|
if s.DirectoryId == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.TopicName == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TopicName"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.TopicName != nil && len(*s.TopicName) < 1 {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TopicName", 1))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nil
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// The result of a DeregisterEventTopic request.
|
2016-03-11 01:27:37 +01:00
|
|
|
type DeregisterEventTopicOutput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DeregisterEventTopicOutput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DeregisterEventTopicOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Describes a conditional forwarder.
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
type DescribeConditionalForwardersInput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The directory ID for which to get the list of associated conditional forwarders.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// DirectoryId is a required field
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The fully qualified domain names (FQDN) of the remote domains for which to
|
|
|
|
// get the list of associated conditional forwarders. If this member is null,
|
|
|
|
// all conditional forwarders are returned.
|
|
|
|
RemoteDomainNames []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DescribeConditionalForwardersInput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DescribeConditionalForwardersInput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
|
|
func (s *DescribeConditionalForwardersInput) Validate() error {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeConditionalForwardersInput"}
|
|
|
|
if s.DirectoryId == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nil
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// The result of a DescribeConditionalForwarder request.
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
type DescribeConditionalForwardersOutput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The list of conditional forwarders that have been created.
|
|
|
|
ConditionalForwarders []*ConditionalForwarder `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DescribeConditionalForwardersOutput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DescribeConditionalForwardersOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Contains the inputs for the DescribeDirectories operation.
|
|
|
|
type DescribeDirectoriesInput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// A list of identifiers of the directories for which to obtain the information.
|
|
|
|
// If this member is null, all directories that belong to the current account
|
|
|
|
// are returned.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// An empty list results in an InvalidParameterException being thrown.
|
|
|
|
DirectoryIds []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of items to return. If this value is zero, the maximum
|
|
|
|
// number of items is specified by the limitations of the operation.
|
|
|
|
Limit *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The DescribeDirectoriesResult.NextToken value from a previous call to DescribeDirectories.
|
|
|
|
// Pass null if this is the first call.
|
|
|
|
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DescribeDirectoriesInput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DescribeDirectoriesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Contains the results of the DescribeDirectories operation.
|
|
|
|
type DescribeDirectoriesOutput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The list of DirectoryDescription objects that were retrieved.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// It is possible that this list contains less than the number of items specified
|
|
|
|
// in the Limit member of the request. This occurs if there are less than the
|
|
|
|
// requested number of items left to retrieve, or if the limitations of the
|
|
|
|
// operation have been exceeded.
|
|
|
|
DirectoryDescriptions []*DirectoryDescription `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// If not null, more results are available. Pass this value for the NextToken
|
|
|
|
// parameter in a subsequent call to DescribeDirectories to retrieve the next
|
|
|
|
// set of items.
|
|
|
|
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DescribeDirectoriesOutput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DescribeDirectoriesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Describes event topics.
|
2016-03-11 01:27:37 +01:00
|
|
|
type DescribeEventTopicsInput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The Directory ID for which to get the list of associated SNS topics. If this
|
|
|
|
// member is null, associations for all Directory IDs are returned.
|
|
|
|
DirectoryId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// A list of SNS topic names for which to obtain the information. If this member
|
|
|
|
// is null, all associations for the specified Directory ID are returned.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// An empty list results in an InvalidParameterException being thrown.
|
|
|
|
TopicNames []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DescribeEventTopicsInput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DescribeEventTopicsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// The result of a DescribeEventTopic request.
|
2016-03-11 01:27:37 +01:00
|
|
|
type DescribeEventTopicsOutput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// A list of SNS topic names that receive status messages from the specified
|
|
|
|
// Directory ID.
|
|
|
|
EventTopics []*EventTopic `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DescribeEventTopicsOutput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DescribeEventTopicsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Contains the inputs for the DescribeSnapshots operation.
|
|
|
|
type DescribeSnapshotsInput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the directory for which to retrieve snapshot information.
|
|
|
|
DirectoryId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of objects to return.
|
|
|
|
Limit *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The DescribeSnapshotsResult.NextToken value from a previous call to DescribeSnapshots.
|
|
|
|
// Pass null if this is the first call.
|
|
|
|
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// A list of identifiers of the snapshots to obtain the information for. If
|
|
|
|
// this member is null or empty, all snapshots are returned using the Limit
|
|
|
|
// and NextToken members.
|
|
|
|
SnapshotIds []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DescribeSnapshotsInput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DescribeSnapshotsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Contains the results of the DescribeSnapshots operation.
|
|
|
|
type DescribeSnapshotsOutput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// If not null, more results are available. Pass this value in the NextToken
|
|
|
|
// member of a subsequent call to DescribeSnapshots.
|
|
|
|
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The list of Snapshot objects that were retrieved.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// It is possible that this list contains less than the number of items specified
|
|
|
|
// in the Limit member of the request. This occurs if there are less than the
|
|
|
|
// requested number of items left to retrieve, or if the limitations of the
|
|
|
|
// operation have been exceeded.
|
|
|
|
Snapshots []*Snapshot `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DescribeSnapshotsOutput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DescribeSnapshotsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Describes the trust relationships for a particular Microsoft AD in the AWS
|
|
|
|
// cloud. If no input parameters are are provided, such as directory ID or trust
|
|
|
|
// ID, this request describes all the trust relationships.
|
|
|
|
type DescribeTrustsInput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The Directory ID of the AWS directory that is a part of the requested trust
|
|
|
|
// relationship.
|
|
|
|
DirectoryId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of objects to return.
|
|
|
|
Limit *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The DescribeTrustsResult.NextToken value from a previous call to DescribeTrusts.
|
|
|
|
// Pass null if this is the first call.
|
|
|
|
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// A list of identifiers of the trust relationships for which to obtain the
|
|
|
|
// information. If this member is null, all trust relationships that belong
|
|
|
|
// to the current account are returned.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// An empty list results in an InvalidParameterException being thrown.
|
|
|
|
TrustIds []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DescribeTrustsInput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DescribeTrustsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// The result of a DescribeTrust request.
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
type DescribeTrustsOutput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// If not null, more results are available. Pass this value for the NextToken
|
|
|
|
// parameter in a subsequent call to DescribeTrusts to retrieve the next set
|
|
|
|
// of items.
|
|
|
|
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The list of Trust objects that were retrieved.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// It is possible that this list contains less than the number of items specified
|
|
|
|
// in the Limit member of the request. This occurs if there are less than the
|
|
|
|
// requested number of items left to retrieve, or if the limitations of the
|
|
|
|
// operation have been exceeded.
|
|
|
|
Trusts []*Trust `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DescribeTrustsOutput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DescribeTrustsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Contains information for the ConnectDirectory operation when an AD Connector
|
|
|
|
// directory is being created.
|
|
|
|
type DirectoryConnectSettings struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// A list of one or more IP addresses of DNS servers or domain controllers in
|
|
|
|
// the on-premises directory.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// CustomerDnsIps is a required field
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
CustomerDnsIps []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The username of an account in the on-premises directory that is used to connect
|
|
|
|
// to the directory. This account must have the following privileges:
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Read users and groups
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Create computer objects
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Join computers to the domain
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// CustomerUserName is a required field
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
CustomerUserName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// A list of subnet identifiers in the VPC in which the AD Connector is created.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// SubnetIds is a required field
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
SubnetIds []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the VPC in which the AD Connector is created.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// VpcId is a required field
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
VpcId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DirectoryConnectSettings) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DirectoryConnectSettings) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
|
|
func (s *DirectoryConnectSettings) Validate() error {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DirectoryConnectSettings"}
|
|
|
|
if s.CustomerDnsIps == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CustomerDnsIps"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.CustomerUserName == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CustomerUserName"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.CustomerUserName != nil && len(*s.CustomerUserName) < 1 {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CustomerUserName", 1))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.SubnetIds == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetIds"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.VpcId == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcId"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nil
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Contains information about an AD Connector directory.
|
|
|
|
type DirectoryConnectSettingsDescription struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// A list of the Availability Zones that the directory is in.
|
|
|
|
AvailabilityZones []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The IP addresses of the AD Connector servers.
|
|
|
|
ConnectIps []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The username of the service account in the on-premises directory.
|
|
|
|
CustomerUserName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The security group identifier for the AD Connector directory.
|
|
|
|
SecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// A list of subnet identifiers in the VPC that the AD connector is in.
|
|
|
|
SubnetIds []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the VPC that the AD Connector is in.
|
|
|
|
VpcId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DirectoryConnectSettingsDescription) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DirectoryConnectSettingsDescription) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Contains information about an AWS Directory Service directory.
|
|
|
|
type DirectoryDescription struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// The access URL for the directory, such as http://<alias>.awsapps.com. If
|
|
|
|
// no alias has been created for the directory, <alias> is the directory identifier,
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// such as d-XXXXXXXXXX.
|
|
|
|
AccessUrl *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The alias for the directory. If no alias has been created for the directory,
|
|
|
|
// the alias is the directory identifier, such as d-XXXXXXXXXX.
|
|
|
|
Alias *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// A DirectoryConnectSettingsDescription object that contains additional information
|
|
|
|
// about an AD Connector directory. This member is only present if the directory
|
|
|
|
// is an AD Connector directory.
|
|
|
|
ConnectSettings *DirectoryConnectSettingsDescription `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The textual description for the directory.
|
|
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The directory identifier.
|
|
|
|
DirectoryId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The IP addresses of the DNS servers for the directory. For a Simple AD or
|
|
|
|
// Microsoft AD directory, these are the IP addresses of the Simple AD or Microsoft
|
|
|
|
// AD directory servers. For an AD Connector directory, these are the IP addresses
|
|
|
|
// of the DNS servers or domain controllers in the on-premises directory to
|
|
|
|
// which the AD Connector is connected.
|
|
|
|
DnsIpAddrs []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Specifies when the directory was created.
|
|
|
|
LaunchTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The fully-qualified name of the directory.
|
|
|
|
Name *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// A RadiusSettings object that contains information about the RADIUS server
|
|
|
|
// configured for this directory.
|
|
|
|
RadiusSettings *RadiusSettings `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The status of the RADIUS MFA server connection.
|
|
|
|
RadiusStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"RadiusStatus"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The short name of the directory.
|
|
|
|
ShortName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The directory size.
|
|
|
|
Size *string `type:"string" enum:"DirectorySize"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Indicates if single-sign on is enabled for the directory. For more information,
|
|
|
|
// see EnableSso and DisableSso.
|
|
|
|
SsoEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The current stage of the directory.
|
|
|
|
Stage *string `type:"string" enum:"DirectoryStage"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The date and time that the stage was last updated.
|
|
|
|
StageLastUpdatedDateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Additional information about the directory stage.
|
|
|
|
StageReason *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The directory size.
|
|
|
|
Type *string `type:"string" enum:"DirectoryType"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// A DirectoryVpcSettingsDescription object that contains additional information
|
|
|
|
// about a directory. This member is only present if the directory is a Simple
|
|
|
|
// AD or Managed AD directory.
|
|
|
|
VpcSettings *DirectoryVpcSettingsDescription `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DirectoryDescription) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DirectoryDescription) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Contains directory limit information for a region.
|
|
|
|
type DirectoryLimits struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The current number of cloud directories in the region.
|
|
|
|
CloudOnlyDirectoriesCurrentCount *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of cloud directories allowed in the region.
|
|
|
|
CloudOnlyDirectoriesLimit *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Indicates if the cloud directory limit has been reached.
|
|
|
|
CloudOnlyDirectoriesLimitReached *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The current number of Microsoft AD directories in the region.
|
|
|
|
CloudOnlyMicrosoftADCurrentCount *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of Microsoft AD directories allowed in the region.
|
|
|
|
CloudOnlyMicrosoftADLimit *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Indicates if the Microsoft AD directory limit has been reached.
|
|
|
|
CloudOnlyMicrosoftADLimitReached *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The current number of connected directories in the region.
|
|
|
|
ConnectedDirectoriesCurrentCount *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of connected directories allowed in the region.
|
|
|
|
ConnectedDirectoriesLimit *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Indicates if the connected directory limit has been reached.
|
|
|
|
ConnectedDirectoriesLimitReached *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DirectoryLimits) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DirectoryLimits) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Contains VPC information for the CreateDirectory or CreateMicrosoftAD operation.
|
|
|
|
type DirectoryVpcSettings struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The identifiers of the subnets for the directory servers. The two subnets
|
|
|
|
// must be in different Availability Zones. AWS Directory Service creates a
|
|
|
|
// directory server and a DNS server in each of these subnets.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// SubnetIds is a required field
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
SubnetIds []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the VPC in which to create the directory.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// VpcId is a required field
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
VpcId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DirectoryVpcSettings) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DirectoryVpcSettings) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
|
|
func (s *DirectoryVpcSettings) Validate() error {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DirectoryVpcSettings"}
|
|
|
|
if s.SubnetIds == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetIds"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.VpcId == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcId"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nil
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Contains information about the directory.
|
|
|
|
type DirectoryVpcSettingsDescription struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The list of Availability Zones that the directory is in.
|
|
|
|
AvailabilityZones []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The security group identifier for the directory. If the directory was created
|
|
|
|
// before 8/1/2014, this is the identifier of the directory members security
|
|
|
|
// group that was created when the directory was created. If the directory was
|
|
|
|
// created after this date, this value is null.
|
|
|
|
SecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The identifiers of the subnets for the directory servers.
|
|
|
|
SubnetIds []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the VPC that the directory is in.
|
|
|
|
VpcId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DirectoryVpcSettingsDescription) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DirectoryVpcSettingsDescription) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Contains the inputs for the DisableRadius operation.
|
|
|
|
type DisableRadiusInput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the directory for which to disable MFA.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// DirectoryId is a required field
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DisableRadiusInput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DisableRadiusInput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
|
|
func (s *DisableRadiusInput) Validate() error {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DisableRadiusInput"}
|
|
|
|
if s.DirectoryId == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nil
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Contains the results of the DisableRadius operation.
|
|
|
|
type DisableRadiusOutput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DisableRadiusOutput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DisableRadiusOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Contains the inputs for the DisableSso operation.
|
|
|
|
type DisableSsoInput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the directory for which to disable single-sign on.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// DirectoryId is a required field
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The password of an alternate account to use to disable single-sign on. This
|
|
|
|
// is only used for AD Connector directories. For more information, see the
|
|
|
|
// UserName parameter.
|
|
|
|
Password *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The username of an alternate account to use to disable single-sign on. This
|
|
|
|
// is only used for AD Connector directories. This account must have privileges
|
|
|
|
// to remove a service principal name.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// If the AD Connector service account does not have privileges to remove a
|
|
|
|
// service principal name, you can specify an alternate account with the UserName
|
|
|
|
// and Password parameters. These credentials are only used to disable single
|
|
|
|
// sign-on and are not stored by the service. The AD Connector service account
|
|
|
|
// is not changed.
|
|
|
|
UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DisableSsoInput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DisableSsoInput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
|
|
func (s *DisableSsoInput) Validate() error {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DisableSsoInput"}
|
|
|
|
if s.DirectoryId == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.Password != nil && len(*s.Password) < 1 {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Password", 1))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.UserName != nil && len(*s.UserName) < 1 {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("UserName", 1))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nil
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Contains the results of the DisableSso operation.
|
|
|
|
type DisableSsoOutput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DisableSsoOutput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s DisableSsoOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Contains the inputs for the EnableRadius operation.
|
|
|
|
type EnableRadiusInput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the directory for which to enable MFA.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// DirectoryId is a required field
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// A RadiusSettings object that contains information about the RADIUS server.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// RadiusSettings is a required field
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
RadiusSettings *RadiusSettings `type:"structure" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s EnableRadiusInput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s EnableRadiusInput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
|
|
func (s *EnableRadiusInput) Validate() error {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "EnableRadiusInput"}
|
|
|
|
if s.DirectoryId == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.RadiusSettings == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RadiusSettings"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.RadiusSettings != nil {
|
|
|
|
if err := s.RadiusSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("RadiusSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nil
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Contains the results of the EnableRadius operation.
|
|
|
|
type EnableRadiusOutput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s EnableRadiusOutput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s EnableRadiusOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Contains the inputs for the EnableSso operation.
|
|
|
|
type EnableSsoInput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the directory for which to enable single-sign on.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// DirectoryId is a required field
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The password of an alternate account to use to enable single-sign on. This
|
|
|
|
// is only used for AD Connector directories. For more information, see the
|
|
|
|
// UserName parameter.
|
|
|
|
Password *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The username of an alternate account to use to enable single-sign on. This
|
|
|
|
// is only used for AD Connector directories. This account must have privileges
|
|
|
|
// to add a service principal name.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// If the AD Connector service account does not have privileges to add a service
|
|
|
|
// principal name, you can specify an alternate account with the UserName and
|
|
|
|
// Password parameters. These credentials are only used to enable single sign-on
|
|
|
|
// and are not stored by the service. The AD Connector service account is not
|
|
|
|
// changed.
|
|
|
|
UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s EnableSsoInput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s EnableSsoInput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
|
|
func (s *EnableSsoInput) Validate() error {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "EnableSsoInput"}
|
|
|
|
if s.DirectoryId == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.Password != nil && len(*s.Password) < 1 {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Password", 1))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.UserName != nil && len(*s.UserName) < 1 {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("UserName", 1))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nil
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Contains the results of the EnableSso operation.
|
|
|
|
type EnableSsoOutput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s EnableSsoOutput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s EnableSsoOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-03-11 01:27:37 +01:00
|
|
|
// Information about SNS topic and AWS Directory Service directory associations.
|
|
|
|
type EventTopic struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The date and time of when you associated your directory with the SNS topic.
|
|
|
|
CreatedDateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The Directory ID of an AWS Directory Service directory that will publish
|
|
|
|
// status messages to an SNS topic.
|
|
|
|
DirectoryId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The topic registration status.
|
|
|
|
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"TopicStatus"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The SNS topic ARN (Amazon Resource Name).
|
|
|
|
TopicArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The name of an AWS SNS topic the receives status messages from the directory.
|
|
|
|
TopicName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s EventTopic) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s EventTopic) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Contains the inputs for the GetDirectoryLimits operation.
|
|
|
|
type GetDirectoryLimitsInput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s GetDirectoryLimitsInput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s GetDirectoryLimitsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Contains the results of the GetDirectoryLimits operation.
|
|
|
|
type GetDirectoryLimitsOutput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// A DirectoryLimits object that contains the directory limits for the current
|
|
|
|
// region.
|
|
|
|
DirectoryLimits *DirectoryLimits `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s GetDirectoryLimitsOutput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s GetDirectoryLimitsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Contains the inputs for the GetSnapshotLimits operation.
|
|
|
|
type GetSnapshotLimitsInput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Contains the identifier of the directory to obtain the limits for.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// DirectoryId is a required field
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s GetSnapshotLimitsInput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s GetSnapshotLimitsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
|
|
func (s *GetSnapshotLimitsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetSnapshotLimitsInput"}
|
|
|
|
if s.DirectoryId == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nil
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Contains the results of the GetSnapshotLimits operation.
|
|
|
|
type GetSnapshotLimitsOutput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// A SnapshotLimits object that contains the manual snapshot limits for the
|
|
|
|
// specified directory.
|
|
|
|
SnapshotLimits *SnapshotLimits `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s GetSnapshotLimitsOutput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s GetSnapshotLimitsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-29 10:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
// IP address block. This is often the address block of the DNS server used
|
|
|
|
// for your on-premises domain.
|
|
|
|
type IpRoute struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// IP address block using CIDR format, for example 10.0.0.0/24. This is often
|
|
|
|
// the address block of the DNS server used for your on-premises domain. For
|
|
|
|
// a single IP address use a CIDR address block with /32. For example 10.0.0.0/32.
|
|
|
|
CidrIp *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Description of the address block.
|
|
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s IpRoute) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s IpRoute) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Information about one or more IP address blocks.
|
|
|
|
type IpRouteInfo struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The date and time the address block was added to the directory.
|
|
|
|
AddedDateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// IP address block in the IpRoute.
|
|
|
|
CidrIp *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Description of the IpRouteInfo.
|
|
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Identifier (ID) of the directory associated with the IP addresses.
|
|
|
|
DirectoryId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The status of the IP address block.
|
|
|
|
IpRouteStatusMsg *string `type:"string" enum:"IpRouteStatusMsg"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The reason for the IpRouteStatusMsg.
|
|
|
|
IpRouteStatusReason *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s IpRouteInfo) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s IpRouteInfo) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
type ListIpRoutesInput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Identifier (ID) of the directory for which you want to retrieve the IP addresses.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// DirectoryId is a required field
|
2016-07-29 10:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Maximum number of items to return. If this value is zero, the maximum number
|
|
|
|
// of items is specified by the limitations of the operation.
|
|
|
|
Limit *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The ListIpRoutes.NextToken value from a previous call to ListIpRoutes. Pass
|
|
|
|
// null if this is the first call.
|
|
|
|
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s ListIpRoutesInput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s ListIpRoutesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
|
|
func (s *ListIpRoutesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListIpRoutesInput"}
|
|
|
|
if s.DirectoryId == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nil
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
type ListIpRoutesOutput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// A list of IpRoutes.
|
|
|
|
IpRoutesInfo []*IpRouteInfo `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// If not null, more results are available. Pass this value for the NextToken
|
|
|
|
// parameter in a subsequent call to ListIpRoutes to retrieve the next set of
|
|
|
|
// items.
|
|
|
|
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s ListIpRoutesOutput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s ListIpRoutesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
type ListTagsForResourceInput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Reserved for future use.
|
|
|
|
Limit *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Reserved for future use.
|
|
|
|
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-29 10:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
// Identifier (ID) of the directory for which you want to retrieve tags.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// ResourceId is a required field
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
ResourceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
|
|
func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) Validate() error {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListTagsForResourceInput"}
|
|
|
|
if s.ResourceId == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceId"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nil
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
type ListTagsForResourceOutput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Reserved for future use.
|
|
|
|
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// List of tags returned by the ListTagsForResource operation.
|
|
|
|
Tags []*Tag `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Contains information about a Remote Authentication Dial In User Service (RADIUS)
|
|
|
|
// server.
|
|
|
|
type RadiusSettings struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The protocol specified for your RADIUS endpoints.
|
|
|
|
AuthenticationProtocol *string `type:"string" enum:"RadiusAuthenticationProtocol"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Not currently used.
|
|
|
|
DisplayLabel *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The port that your RADIUS server is using for communications. Your on-premises
|
|
|
|
// network must allow inbound traffic over this port from the AWS Directory
|
|
|
|
// Service servers.
|
|
|
|
RadiusPort *int64 `min:"1025" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of times that communication with the RADIUS server is
|
|
|
|
// attempted.
|
|
|
|
RadiusRetries *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// An array of strings that contains the IP addresses of the RADIUS server endpoints,
|
|
|
|
// or the IP addresses of your RADIUS server load balancer.
|
|
|
|
RadiusServers []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The amount of time, in seconds, to wait for the RADIUS server to respond.
|
|
|
|
RadiusTimeout *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
|
2016-08-06 23:15:13 +02:00
|
|
|
// Not currently used.
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
SharedSecret *string `min:"8" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Not currently used.
|
|
|
|
UseSameUsername *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s RadiusSettings) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s RadiusSettings) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
|
|
func (s *RadiusSettings) Validate() error {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RadiusSettings"}
|
|
|
|
if s.DisplayLabel != nil && len(*s.DisplayLabel) < 1 {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DisplayLabel", 1))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.RadiusPort != nil && *s.RadiusPort < 1025 {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("RadiusPort", 1025))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.RadiusTimeout != nil && *s.RadiusTimeout < 1 {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("RadiusTimeout", 1))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.SharedSecret != nil && len(*s.SharedSecret) < 8 {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SharedSecret", 8))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nil
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Registers a new event topic.
|
2016-03-11 01:27:37 +01:00
|
|
|
type RegisterEventTopicInput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The Directory ID that will publish status messages to the SNS topic.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// DirectoryId is a required field
|
2016-03-11 01:27:37 +01:00
|
|
|
DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The SNS topic name to which the directory will publish status messages. This
|
|
|
|
// SNS topic must be in the same region as the specified Directory ID.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// TopicName is a required field
|
2016-03-11 01:27:37 +01:00
|
|
|
TopicName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s RegisterEventTopicInput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s RegisterEventTopicInput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
|
|
func (s *RegisterEventTopicInput) Validate() error {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RegisterEventTopicInput"}
|
|
|
|
if s.DirectoryId == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.TopicName == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TopicName"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.TopicName != nil && len(*s.TopicName) < 1 {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TopicName", 1))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nil
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// The result of a RegisterEventTopic request.
|
2016-03-11 01:27:37 +01:00
|
|
|
type RegisterEventTopicOutput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s RegisterEventTopicOutput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s RegisterEventTopicOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-29 10:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
type RemoveIpRoutesInput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// IP address blocks that you want to remove.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// CidrIps is a required field
|
2016-07-29 10:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
CidrIps []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Identifier (ID) of the directory from which you want to remove the IP addresses.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// DirectoryId is a required field
|
2016-07-29 10:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s RemoveIpRoutesInput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s RemoveIpRoutesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
|
|
func (s *RemoveIpRoutesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveIpRoutesInput"}
|
|
|
|
if s.CidrIps == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CidrIps"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.DirectoryId == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nil
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
type RemoveIpRoutesOutput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s RemoveIpRoutesOutput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s RemoveIpRoutesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
type RemoveTagsFromResourceInput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-29 10:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
// Identifier (ID) of the directory from which to remove the tag.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// ResourceId is a required field
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
ResourceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The tag key (name) of the tag to be removed.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// TagKeys is a required field
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
TagKeys []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
|
|
func (s *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) Validate() error {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveTagsFromResourceInput"}
|
|
|
|
if s.ResourceId == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceId"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.TagKeys == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagKeys"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nil
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
type RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// An object representing the inputs for the RestoreFromSnapshot operation.
|
|
|
|
type RestoreFromSnapshotInput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the snapshot to restore from.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// SnapshotId is a required field
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
SnapshotId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s RestoreFromSnapshotInput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s RestoreFromSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
|
|
func (s *RestoreFromSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreFromSnapshotInput"}
|
|
|
|
if s.SnapshotId == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnapshotId"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nil
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Contains the results of the RestoreFromSnapshot operation.
|
|
|
|
type RestoreFromSnapshotOutput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s RestoreFromSnapshotOutput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s RestoreFromSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Describes a directory snapshot.
|
|
|
|
type Snapshot struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The directory identifier.
|
|
|
|
DirectoryId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The descriptive name of the snapshot.
|
|
|
|
Name *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The snapshot identifier.
|
|
|
|
SnapshotId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The date and time that the snapshot was taken.
|
|
|
|
StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The snapshot status.
|
|
|
|
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"SnapshotStatus"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The snapshot type.
|
|
|
|
Type *string `type:"string" enum:"SnapshotType"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s Snapshot) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s Snapshot) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Contains manual snapshot limit information for a directory.
|
|
|
|
type SnapshotLimits struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The current number of manual snapshots of the directory.
|
|
|
|
ManualSnapshotsCurrentCount *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of manual snapshots allowed.
|
|
|
|
ManualSnapshotsLimit *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Indicates if the manual snapshot limit has been reached.
|
|
|
|
ManualSnapshotsLimitReached *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s SnapshotLimits) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s SnapshotLimits) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Metadata assigned to an Amazon Directory Services directory consisting of
|
|
|
|
// a key-value pair.
|
|
|
|
type Tag struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-29 10:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
// Required name of the tag. The string value can be Unicode characters and
|
|
|
|
// cannot be prefixed with "aws:". The string can contain only the set of Unicode
|
|
|
|
// letters, digits, white-space, '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$").
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Key is a required field
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-29 10:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
// The optional value of the tag. The string value can be Unicode characters.
|
|
|
|
// The string can contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits, white-space,
|
|
|
|
// '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$").
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Value is a required field
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
Value *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s Tag) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s Tag) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
|
|
func (s *Tag) Validate() error {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Tag"}
|
|
|
|
if s.Key == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.Value == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Value"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nil
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Describes a trust relationship between an Microsoft AD in the AWS cloud and
|
|
|
|
// an external domain.
|
|
|
|
type Trust struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The date and time that the trust relationship was created.
|
|
|
|
CreatedDateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The Directory ID of the AWS directory involved in the trust relationship.
|
|
|
|
DirectoryId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The date and time that the trust relationship was last updated.
|
|
|
|
LastUpdatedDateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) of the external domain involved in
|
|
|
|
// the trust relationship.
|
|
|
|
RemoteDomainName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The date and time that the TrustState was last updated.
|
|
|
|
StateLastUpdatedDateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The trust relationship direction.
|
|
|
|
TrustDirection *string `type:"string" enum:"TrustDirection"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The unique ID of the trust relationship.
|
|
|
|
TrustId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The trust relationship state.
|
|
|
|
TrustState *string `type:"string" enum:"TrustState"`
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
// The reason for the TrustState.
|
|
|
|
TrustStateReason *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// The trust relationship type.
|
|
|
|
TrustType *string `type:"string" enum:"TrustType"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s Trust) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s Trust) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Updates a conditional forwarder.
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
type UpdateConditionalForwarderInput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The directory ID of the AWS directory for which to update the conditional
|
|
|
|
// forwarder.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// DirectoryId is a required field
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The updated IP addresses of the remote DNS server associated with the conditional
|
|
|
|
// forwarder.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// DnsIpAddrs is a required field
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
DnsIpAddrs []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the remote domain with which you
|
|
|
|
// will set up a trust relationship.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// RemoteDomainName is a required field
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
RemoteDomainName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s UpdateConditionalForwarderInput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s UpdateConditionalForwarderInput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
|
|
func (s *UpdateConditionalForwarderInput) Validate() error {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateConditionalForwarderInput"}
|
|
|
|
if s.DirectoryId == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.DnsIpAddrs == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DnsIpAddrs"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.RemoteDomainName == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RemoteDomainName"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nil
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// The result of an UpdateConditionalForwarder request.
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
type UpdateConditionalForwarderOutput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s UpdateConditionalForwarderOutput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s UpdateConditionalForwarderOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Contains the inputs for the UpdateRadius operation.
|
|
|
|
type UpdateRadiusInput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the directory for which to update the RADIUS server information.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// DirectoryId is a required field
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// A RadiusSettings object that contains information about the RADIUS server.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// RadiusSettings is a required field
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
RadiusSettings *RadiusSettings `type:"structure" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s UpdateRadiusInput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s UpdateRadiusInput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
|
|
func (s *UpdateRadiusInput) Validate() error {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateRadiusInput"}
|
|
|
|
if s.DirectoryId == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.RadiusSettings == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RadiusSettings"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if s.RadiusSettings != nil {
|
|
|
|
if err := s.RadiusSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("RadiusSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nil
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
// Contains the results of the UpdateRadius operation.
|
|
|
|
type UpdateRadiusOutput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s UpdateRadiusOutput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s UpdateRadiusOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Initiates the verification of an existing trust relationship between a Microsoft
|
|
|
|
// AD in the AWS cloud and an external domain.
|
|
|
|
type VerifyTrustInput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The unique Trust ID of the trust relationship to verify.
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// TrustId is a required field
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
TrustId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s VerifyTrustInput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s VerifyTrustInput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
|
|
func (s *VerifyTrustInput) Validate() error {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "VerifyTrustInput"}
|
|
|
|
if s.TrustId == nil {
|
|
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TrustId"))
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nil
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
|
|
|
// Result of a VerifyTrust request.
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
type VerifyTrustOutput struct {
|
|
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The unique Trust ID of the trust relationship that was verified.
|
|
|
|
TrustId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s VerifyTrustOutput) String() string {
|
|
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
|
|
func (s VerifyTrustOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const (
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// DirectorySizeSmall is a DirectorySize enum value
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
DirectorySizeSmall = "Small"
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// DirectorySizeLarge is a DirectorySize enum value
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
DirectorySizeLarge = "Large"
|
|
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const (
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// DirectoryStageRequested is a DirectoryStage enum value
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
DirectoryStageRequested = "Requested"
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// DirectoryStageCreating is a DirectoryStage enum value
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
DirectoryStageCreating = "Creating"
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// DirectoryStageCreated is a DirectoryStage enum value
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
DirectoryStageCreated = "Created"
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// DirectoryStageActive is a DirectoryStage enum value
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
DirectoryStageActive = "Active"
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// DirectoryStageInoperable is a DirectoryStage enum value
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
DirectoryStageInoperable = "Inoperable"
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// DirectoryStageImpaired is a DirectoryStage enum value
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
DirectoryStageImpaired = "Impaired"
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// DirectoryStageRestoring is a DirectoryStage enum value
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
DirectoryStageRestoring = "Restoring"
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// DirectoryStageRestoreFailed is a DirectoryStage enum value
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
DirectoryStageRestoreFailed = "RestoreFailed"
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// DirectoryStageDeleting is a DirectoryStage enum value
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
DirectoryStageDeleting = "Deleting"
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// DirectoryStageDeleted is a DirectoryStage enum value
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
DirectoryStageDeleted = "Deleted"
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// DirectoryStageFailed is a DirectoryStage enum value
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
DirectoryStageFailed = "Failed"
|
|
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const (
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// DirectoryTypeSimpleAd is a DirectoryType enum value
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
DirectoryTypeSimpleAd = "SimpleAD"
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// DirectoryTypeAdconnector is a DirectoryType enum value
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
DirectoryTypeAdconnector = "ADConnector"
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// DirectoryTypeMicrosoftAd is a DirectoryType enum value
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
DirectoryTypeMicrosoftAd = "MicrosoftAD"
|
|
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-29 10:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
const (
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// IpRouteStatusMsgAdding is a IpRouteStatusMsg enum value
|
2016-07-29 10:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
IpRouteStatusMsgAdding = "Adding"
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// IpRouteStatusMsgAdded is a IpRouteStatusMsg enum value
|
2016-07-29 10:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
IpRouteStatusMsgAdded = "Added"
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// IpRouteStatusMsgRemoving is a IpRouteStatusMsg enum value
|
2016-07-29 10:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
IpRouteStatusMsgRemoving = "Removing"
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// IpRouteStatusMsgRemoved is a IpRouteStatusMsg enum value
|
2016-07-29 10:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
IpRouteStatusMsgRemoved = "Removed"
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// IpRouteStatusMsgAddFailed is a IpRouteStatusMsg enum value
|
2016-07-29 10:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
IpRouteStatusMsgAddFailed = "AddFailed"
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// IpRouteStatusMsgRemoveFailed is a IpRouteStatusMsg enum value
|
2016-07-29 10:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
IpRouteStatusMsgRemoveFailed = "RemoveFailed"
|
|
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
const (
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// RadiusAuthenticationProtocolPap is a RadiusAuthenticationProtocol enum value
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
RadiusAuthenticationProtocolPap = "PAP"
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// RadiusAuthenticationProtocolChap is a RadiusAuthenticationProtocol enum value
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
RadiusAuthenticationProtocolChap = "CHAP"
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// RadiusAuthenticationProtocolMsChapv1 is a RadiusAuthenticationProtocol enum value
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
RadiusAuthenticationProtocolMsChapv1 = "MS-CHAPv1"
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// RadiusAuthenticationProtocolMsChapv2 is a RadiusAuthenticationProtocol enum value
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
RadiusAuthenticationProtocolMsChapv2 = "MS-CHAPv2"
|
|
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const (
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// RadiusStatusCreating is a RadiusStatus enum value
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
RadiusStatusCreating = "Creating"
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// RadiusStatusCompleted is a RadiusStatus enum value
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
RadiusStatusCompleted = "Completed"
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// RadiusStatusFailed is a RadiusStatus enum value
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
RadiusStatusFailed = "Failed"
|
|
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
const (
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// ReplicationScopeDomain is a ReplicationScope enum value
|
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
|
|
|
ReplicationScopeDomain = "Domain"
|
|
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
const (
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// SnapshotStatusCreating is a SnapshotStatus enum value
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
SnapshotStatusCreating = "Creating"
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// SnapshotStatusCompleted is a SnapshotStatus enum value
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
SnapshotStatusCompleted = "Completed"
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// SnapshotStatusFailed is a SnapshotStatus enum value
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
SnapshotStatusFailed = "Failed"
|
|
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const (
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// SnapshotTypeAuto is a SnapshotType enum value
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
SnapshotTypeAuto = "Auto"
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// SnapshotTypeManual is a SnapshotType enum value
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
SnapshotTypeManual = "Manual"
|
|
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
2016-03-11 01:27:37 +01:00
|
|
|
const (
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// TopicStatusRegistered is a TopicStatus enum value
|
2016-03-11 01:27:37 +01:00
|
|
|
TopicStatusRegistered = "Registered"
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// TopicStatusTopicnotfound is a TopicStatus enum value
|
2016-03-11 01:27:37 +01:00
|
|
|
TopicStatusTopicnotfound = "Topic not found"
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// TopicStatusFailed is a TopicStatus enum value
|
2016-03-11 01:27:37 +01:00
|
|
|
TopicStatusFailed = "Failed"
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// TopicStatusDeleted is a TopicStatus enum value
|
2016-03-11 01:27:37 +01:00
|
|
|
TopicStatusDeleted = "Deleted"
|
|
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
const (
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// TrustDirectionOneWayOutgoing is a TrustDirection enum value
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
TrustDirectionOneWayOutgoing = "One-Way: Outgoing"
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// TrustDirectionOneWayIncoming is a TrustDirection enum value
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
TrustDirectionOneWayIncoming = "One-Way: Incoming"
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// TrustDirectionTwoWay is a TrustDirection enum value
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
TrustDirectionTwoWay = "Two-Way"
|
|
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const (
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// TrustStateCreating is a TrustState enum value
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
TrustStateCreating = "Creating"
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// TrustStateCreated is a TrustState enum value
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
TrustStateCreated = "Created"
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// TrustStateVerifying is a TrustState enum value
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
TrustStateVerifying = "Verifying"
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// TrustStateVerifyFailed is a TrustState enum value
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
TrustStateVerifyFailed = "VerifyFailed"
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// TrustStateVerified is a TrustState enum value
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
TrustStateVerified = "Verified"
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// TrustStateDeleting is a TrustState enum value
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
TrustStateDeleting = "Deleting"
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// TrustStateDeleted is a TrustState enum value
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
TrustStateDeleted = "Deleted"
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// TrustStateFailed is a TrustState enum value
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
TrustStateFailed = "Failed"
|
|
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const (
|
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
|
|
|
// TrustTypeForest is a TrustType enum value
|
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
|
|
|
TrustTypeForest = "Forest"
|
|
|
|
)
|